Junos OS: Multichassis Link Aggregation Feature Guide For EX Series, MX Series, and QFX Series Devices
Junos OS: Multichassis Link Aggregation Feature Guide For EX Series, MX Series, and QFX Series Devices
Release
14.1
Modified: 2016-01-25
Juniper Networks assumes no responsibility for any inaccuracies in this document. Juniper Networks reserves the right to change, modify,
transfer, or otherwise revise this publication without notice.
®
Junos OS Multichassis Link Aggregation Feature Guide for EX Series, MX Series, and QFX Series Devices
14.1
Copyright © 2016, Juniper Networks, Inc.
All rights reserved.
The information in this document is current as of the date on the title page.
Juniper Networks hardware and software products are Year 2000 compliant. Junos OS has no known time-related limitations through the
year 2038. However, the NTP application is known to have some difficulty in the year 2036.
The Juniper Networks product that is the subject of this technical documentation consists of (or is intended for use with) Juniper Networks
software. Use of such software is subject to the terms and conditions of the End User License Agreement (“EULA”) posted at
http://www.juniper.net/support/eula.html. By downloading, installing or using such software, you agree to the terms and conditions of
that EULA.
Part 1 Overview
Chapter 1 Understanding Multichassis Link Aggregation Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Multichassis Link Aggregation Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Features Supported on the EX Series, MX Series, and QFX Series . . . . . . . . . . 4
Multichassis Link Aggregation Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
MC-LAG Configuration Guidelines and Functional Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Miswiring Detection Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
MC-LAG Upgrade Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Multichassis Link Aggregation Terms and Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Active-Active and Active-Standby Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
ICCP and ICL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
LACP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Data Traffic Forwarding Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Multichassis Link Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Failure Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Load Balancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Layer 2 Unicast Features Supported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Layer 2 Multicast Features Supported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
IGMP Snooping on an Active-Active MC-LAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Layer 3 Unicast Features Supported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
VRRP Active-Standby Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
MAC Address Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
MAC Aging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
MAC Address Synchronization and Replication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Address Resolution Protocol Active-Active MC-LAG Support
Methodology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
DHCP Relay with Option 82 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Part 3 Troubleshooting
Chapter 6 Troubleshooting Multichassis Link Aggregation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Troubleshooting Multichassis Link Aggregation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
MAC Addresses Learned on Multichassis Aggregated Ethernet Interfaces
Are Not Removed from the MAC Address Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
MC-LAG Peer Does Not Go into Standby Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Secondary MC-LAG Peer with Status Control Set to Standby Becomes
Inactive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Redirect Filters Take Priority over User-Defined Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Operational Command Output Is Wrong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
ICCP Connection Might Take Up to 60 Seconds to Become Active . . . . . . . 359
MAC Address Age Learned on a Multichassis Aggregated Ethernet Interface
Is Reset to Zero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
MAC Address Is Not Learned Remotely in a Default VLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Snooping Entries Learned on Multichassis Aggregated Ethernet Interfaces
Are Not Removed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
ICCP Does Not Come Up After You Add or Delete an Authentication Key . . 360
Local Status Is Standby When It Should Be Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Packets Loop on the Server When ICCP Fails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Both MC-LAG Peers Use the Default System ID After a Reboot or an ICCP
Configuration Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
No Commit Checks Are Done for ICL-PL Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Double Failover Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Multicast Traffic Floods the VLAN When the ICL-PL Interface Goes Down
and Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Layer 3 Traffic Sent to the Standby MC-LAG Peer Is Not Redirected to Active
MC-LAG Peer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Aggregated Ethernet Interfaces Go Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Flooding of Upstream Traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Chapter 7 Interface Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Interface Diagnostics Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Configuring Loopback Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
BERT Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Starting and Stopping a BERT Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Example: Configuring Bit Error Rate Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Part 2 Index
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Part 1 Overview
Chapter 1 Understanding Multichassis Link Aggregation Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Table 3: Feature Support on the EX Series, MX Series, and QFX Series . . . . . . . . . . 4
Table 4: MC-LAG Configuration Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Table 5: MC-LAG Functional Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Table 6: ICCP Failure Scenarios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Part 3 Troubleshooting
Chapter 7 Interface Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Table 17: Loopback Modes by Interface Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Table 18: BERT Capabilities by Interface Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
If the information in the latest release notes differs from the information in the
documentation, follow the product Release Notes.
Juniper Networks Books publishes books by Juniper Networks engineers and subject
matter experts. These books go beyond the technical documentation to explore the
nuances of network architecture, deployment, and administration. The current list can
be viewed at http://www.juniper.net/books.
Supported Platforms
For the features described in this document, the following platforms are supported:
• MX Series
• EX Series
If you want to use the examples in this manual, you can use the load merge or the load
merge relative command. These commands cause the software to merge the incoming
configuration into the current candidate configuration. The example does not become
active until you commit the candidate configuration.
If the example configuration contains the top level of the hierarchy (or multiple
hierarchies), the example is a full example. In this case, use the load merge command.
If the example configuration does not start at the top level of the hierarchy, the example
is a snippet. In this case, use the load merge relative command. These procedures are
described in the following sections.
1. From the HTML or PDF version of the manual, copy a configuration example into a
text file, save the file with a name, and copy the file to a directory on your routing
platform.
For example, copy the following configuration to a file and name the file ex-script.conf.
Copy the ex-script.conf file to the /var/tmp directory on your routing platform.
system {
scripts {
commit {
file ex-script.xsl;
}
}
}
interfaces {
fxp0 {
disable;
unit 0 {
family inet {
address 10.0.0.1/24;
}
}
}
}
2. Merge the contents of the file into your routing platform configuration by issuing the
load merge configuration mode command:
[edit]
user@host# load merge /var/tmp/ex-script.conf
load complete
Merging a Snippet
To merge a snippet, follow these steps:
1. From the HTML or PDF version of the manual, copy a configuration snippet into a text
file, save the file with a name, and copy the file to a directory on your routing platform.
For example, copy the following snippet to a file and name the file
ex-script-snippet.conf. Copy the ex-script-snippet.conf file to the /var/tmp directory
on your routing platform.
commit {
file ex-script-snippet.xsl; }
2. Move to the hierarchy level that is relevant for this snippet by issuing the following
configuration mode command:
[edit]
user@host# edit system scripts
[edit system scripts]
3. Merge the contents of the file into your routing platform configuration by issuing the
load merge relative configuration mode command:
For more information about the load command, see the CLI User Guide.
Documentation Conventions
Caution Indicates a situation that might result in loss of data or hardware damage.
Laser warning Alerts you to the risk of personal injury from a laser.
Table 2 on page xvi defines the text and syntax conventions used in this guide.
Bold text like this Represents text that you type. To enter configuration mode, type the
configure command:
user@host> configure
Fixed-width text like this Represents output that appears on the user@host> show chassis alarms
terminal screen.
No alarms currently active
Italic text like this • Introduces or emphasizes important • A policy term is a named structure
new terms. that defines match conditions and
• Identifies guide names. actions.
• Junos OS CLI User Guide
• Identifies RFC and Internet draft titles.
• RFC 1997, BGP Communities Attribute
Italic text like this Represents variables (options for which Configure the machine’s domain name:
you substitute a value) in commands or
configuration statements. [edit]
root@# set system domain-name
domain-name
Text like this Represents names of configuration • To configure a stub area, include the
statements, commands, files, and stub statement at the [edit protocols
directories; configuration hierarchy levels; ospf area area-id] hierarchy level.
or labels on routing platform • The console port is labeled CONSOLE.
components.
< > (angle brackets) Encloses optional keywords or variables. stub <default-metric metric>;
# (pound sign) Indicates a comment specified on the rsvp { # Required for dynamic MPLS only
same line as the configuration statement
to which it applies.
[ ] (square brackets) Encloses a variable for which you can community name members [
substitute one or more values. community-ids ]
GUI Conventions
Bold text like this Represents graphical user interface (GUI) • In the Logical Interfaces box, select
items you click or select. All Interfaces.
• To cancel the configuration, click
Cancel.
> (bold right angle bracket) Separates levels in a hierarchy of menu In the configuration editor hierarchy,
selections. select Protocols>Ospf.
Documentation Feedback
• Online feedback rating system—On any page at the Juniper Networks Technical
Documentation site at http://www.juniper.net/techpubs/index.html, simply click the
stars to rate the content, and use the pop-up form to provide us with information about
your experience. Alternately, you can use the online feedback form at
http://www.juniper.net/techpubs/feedback/.
Technical product support is available through the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance
Center (JTAC). If you are a customer with an active J-Care or Partner Support Service
support contract, or are covered under warranty, and need post-sales technical support,
you can access our tools and resources online or open a case with JTAC.
• JTAC hours of operation—The JTAC centers have resources available 24 hours a day,
7 days a week, 365 days a year.
• Find solutions and answer questions using our Knowledge Base: http://kb.juniper.net/
To verify service entitlement by product serial number, use our Serial Number Entitlement
(SNE) Tool: https://tools.juniper.net/SerialNumberEntitlementSearch/
Overview
• Understanding Multichassis Link Aggregation Groups on page 3
Link aggregation (IEEE 802.3ad) solves some of these problems by enabling users to
use more than one link connection between switches. All physical connections are
considered one logical connection. The problem with standard link aggregation is that
the connections are point to point.
Multichassis link aggregation groups (MC-LAGs) enable a client device to form a logical
LAG interface between two MC-LAG peers. An MC-LAG provides redundancy and load
balancing between the two MC-LAG peers, multihoming support, and a loop-free Layer
2 network without running STP.
On one end of an MC-LAG, there is an MC-LAG client device, such as a server, that has
one or more physical links in a link aggregation group (LAG). This client device uses the
link as a LAG. On the other side of the MC-LAG, there are two MC-LAG peers. Each of the
MC-LAG peers has one or more physical links connected to a single client device.
The MC-LAG peers use Inter-Chassis Control Protocol (ICCP) to exchange control
information and coordinate with each other to ensure that data traffic is forwarded
properly.
NOTE: You must specify a service identifier (service-id) for each multichassis
aggregated Ethernet interface that belongs to a LAG; otherwise, multichassis
link aggregation will not work.
Active-active bridging Not supported Not supported Not supported Supported Not supported
domain
Active-standby mode Not supported Not supported Supported Supported Not supported
Layer 2 circuit functions Not supported Not supported Supported Not supported Supported
Table 3: Feature Support on the EX Series, MX Series, and QFX Series (continued)
EX4300 EX4600 MX Series QFX Series
Features Device Device EX9200 Device Devices Devices
Pseudowire status type Not supported Not supported Not supported Not supported Supported
Virtual private LAN service Not supported Not supported Supported in Supported in Not supported
(VPLS) active-standby active-standby
mode only mode only
Private VLANs (P-VLANS) Not supported Supported Not supported Not supported Supported
This topic provides configuration guidelines and information regarding the functional
behavior of multichassis link aggregation.
Table 4 on page 6 provides best practice configuration guidelines for MC-LAGs, and
Table 5 on page 7 describes important functional behavior for MC-LAGs.
We recommend that you use separate ports and choose different FPCs for the interchassis link (ICL) and Inter-Chassis Control
Protocol (ICCP) interfaces.
On QFX Series switches and EX9200 switches, we recommend that you configure the backup liveness detection feature to
implement faster failover of data traffic during an MC-LAG peer reboot. Configure the backup-liveness-detection statement on
the management interface (fxp0) only. The backup liveness detection should be set to greater than or equal to 1 second on a
QFX5100 switch.
NOTE: On EX9200 switches, the backup-liveness-detection statement was added in Junos OS Release 13.2R1.
The following two methods can be used to enable Layer 3 functionality across an MC-LAG. We recommend that you use the
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) over integrated routing and bridging (IRB) interfaces method. Use media access
control (MAC) address synchronization only when you cannot configure VRRP over IRB.
NOTE: On QFX Series switches, you cannot configure both VRRP over IRB and MAC synchronization, because processing MAC
addresses might not work.
• Configure different IP addresses on IRB interfaces and run VRRP over the IRB interfaces. The virtual IP address is the gateway
IP address for the MC-LAG clients.
• Configure the MAC address synchronization feature using either the set vlans vlan-name mcae-mac-synchronize or set
bridge-domains name mcae-mac-synchronize command and configure the same IP address on each of the IRBs on the MC-LAG
peers. This IP address is the gateway IP address for the MC-LAG clients.
You must configure the ICL interface as a router-facing interface (by configuring the multicast-router-interface statement) for
multicast forwarding to work in an MC-LAG environment.
You must configure the multichassis-lag-replicate-state statement for Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping
to work properly in an MC-LAG environment.
You must enable Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) on the IRB interface to avoid multicast duplication.
If you are using Layer 3 multicast, configure the IP address on the active MC-LAG peer with a high IP address or a high designated
router priority.
NOTE: Use this configuration guideline only if you can ensure that the ICCP will not go down unless the router or switch is down.
You can configure the prefer-status-control-active statement with the mc-ae status-control standby configuration to prevent
the LACP MC-LAG system ID from reverting to the default Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) system ID on ICCP failure.
You must also configure the hold-time down value (at the [edit interfaces interface-name] hierarchy level) for the ICL with
the mc-ae status-control standby configuration to be higher than the ICCP Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) timeout.
This configuration prevents data traffic loss by ensuring that when the router or switch with the mc-ae status-control active
configuration goes down, the router or switch with the mc-ae status-control standby configuration does not go into standby
mode.
To make the prefer-status-control-active configuration work with the mc-ae status-control standby configuration when an
ICL logical interface is configured on an aggregated Ethernet interface, you must either configure the lacp periodic interval
statement at the [edit interfaces interface-name aggregated-ether-options] hierarchy level as slow or configure the
detection-time threshold statement at the [edit protocols iccp peer liveness-detection] hierarchy level as less than 3 seconds.
NOTE: On EX9200 switches, the prefer-status-control-active statement was added in Junos OS Release 13.2R1.
We recommend that you configure the ICCP liveness-detection interval to be at least 8 seconds, to allow graceful Routing
Engine switchover to work seamlessly. By default, ICCP liveness detection uses multihop BFD, which runs in centralized mode.
If you have configured ICCP connectivity through a dedicated physical interface rather than through an IRB interface, then you
can configure single-hop BFD, and the restriction on the the liveness-detection interval does not apply.
We recommend that you configure only one redundancy group between MC-LAG nodes. The redundancy group represents the
domain of high availability between the MC-LAG nodes. One redundancy group is sufficient between a pair of MC-LAG nodes.
Load balancing of network traffic between MC-LAG peers is 100 percent local bias.
Load balancing of network traffic between multiple LAG members in a local MC-LAG node is achieved through a standard LAG
hashing algorithm.
MAC learning is disabled on the ICL. Consequently, source MAC addresses cannot be learned locally on the ICL. However, MAC
addresses from a remote MC-LAG node can be installed on the ICL interface. For example, the MAC address for a single-homed
client on a remote MC-LAG node can be installed on the ICL interface of the local MC-LAG node.
Dynamic Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) resolution over the ICL interface is not supported. Consequently, incoming address
resolution protocol replies on the ICL are discarded. However, ARP entries can be populated on the ICL interface through ICCP
exchanges from a remote MC-LAG peer.
For EX9200 switches, ARP entries that were learned remotely are purged and then learned again during GRES.
Usually, a VRRP backup node does not forward incoming packets. However, when VRRP over IRB is configured in an MC-LAG
active-active environment, both the VRRP master and the VRRP backup forward Layer 3 traffic arriving on the multichassis
aggregated Ethernet interface.
If you are using the MAC address synchronization method (by configuring either the set vlans vlan-name mcae-mac-synchronize
or set bridge-domains name mcae-mac-synchronize command) to enable Layer 3 functionality, running routing protocols over
the IRB interface is not supported, and gratuitous ARP requests are not sent when the MAC address on the IRB interface changes.
Access port security features (for example, DHCP snooping, dynamic ARP inspection (DAI), and IP source guard) are not
supported on the ICL or MC-LAG interfaces.
• Configure STP globally so that STP can detect local miswiring within and across
MC-LAG peers.
• Disable STP on ICL links, however, because STP might block ICL interfaces and disable
protection.
• •Do not enable bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) block on interfaces connected to
aggregation switches.
For more information about BPDU block, see Understanding BPDU Protection for STP,
RSTP, and MSTP.
1. Make sure that both of the MC-LAG peers (node1 and node2) are in the active-active
state using the following command on any one of the MC-LAG peers:
When node1 is upgraded, it is rebooted, and all traffic is sent across the available LAG
interfaces of node2, which is still up. The amount of traffic lost depends on how quickly
the neighbor devices detect the link loss and rehash the flows of the LAG.
3. Verify that node1 is running the software you just installed by issuing the show version
command.
4. Make sure that both nodes of the MC-LAG (node1 and node2) are in the active-active
state after the reboot of node1.
The following sections provide an overview of the terms and features associated with
MC-LAG:
In active-standby mode, only one of the MC-LAG peers is active at any given time. The
other MC-LAG peer is in backup (standby) mode. The active MC-LAG peer uses Link
Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) to advertise to client devices that its child link is
available for forwarding data traffic.
The interchassis link (ICL), also known as the interchassis link-protection link (ICL-PL),
is used to forward data traffic across the MC-LAG peers. This link provides redundancy
when a link failure (for example, an MC-LAG trunk failure) occurs on one of the active
links. The ICL can be a single physical Ethernet interface or an aggregated Ethernet
interface. You can configure only one ICL between the two MC-LAG peers, although you
can configure multiple MC-LAGs between them.
LACP
LACP is a subcomponent of the IEEE 802.3ad standard. LACP is used to discover multiple
links from a client device connected to an MC-LAG peer. LACP must be configured on all
member links for an MC-LAG to work correctly.
• MC-Links—MC-LAG links
• ICL—Inter-chassis link
Depending on the incoming and outgoing interface types, some constraints are added
to the Layer 2 forwarding rules for MC-LAG configurations. The following data traffic
forwarding rules apply.
• When an MC-LAG network receives a packet from a local MC-Link or S-Link, the packet
is forwarded to other local interfaces, including S-Links and MC-Links based on the
normal Layer 2 forwarding rules and on the configuration of the mesh-group and
no-local-switching statements. If MC-Links and S-Links are in the same mesh group
and their no-local-switching statements are enabled, the received packets are only
forwarded upstream and not sent to MC-Links and S-Links.
• The following circumstances determine whether or not an ICL receives a packet from
a local MC-Link or S-Link:
• If the peer MC-LAG network device has S-Links or MC-LAGs that do not reside on
the local MC-LAG network device
• Whether or not interfaces on two peering MC-LAG network devices are allowed to
talk to each other
• When an MC-LAG network receives a packet from the ICL, the packet is forwarded to
all local S-Links and active MC-LAGs that do not exist in the MC-LAG network from
which the packet was sent.
Failure Handling
Configuring ICCP adjacency over aggregated links with child links on multiple FPCs
mitigates the possibility of a split-brain state. A split-brain occurs when ICCP adjacency
is lost between the MC-LAG peers. To work around this problem, enable backup liveness
detection. With backup liveness detection enabled, the MC-LAG peers establish an
out-of-band channel through the management network in addition to the ICCP channel.
During a split-brain state, both active and standby peers change LACP system IDs. Because
both MC-LAG peers change the LACP system ID, the customer edge (CE) device accepts
the LACP system ID of the first link that comes up and brings down other links carrying
different LACP system IDs. When the ICCP connection is active, both of the MC-LAG
peers use the configured LACP system ID. If the LACP system ID is changed during failures,
the server that is connected over the MC-LAG removes these links from the aggregated
Ethernet bundle.
When the ICL is operationally down and the ICCP connection is active, the LACP state
of the links with status control configured as standby is set to the standby state. When
the LACP state of the links is changed to standby, the server that is connected over the
MC-LAG makes these links inactive and does not use them for sending data.
Table 6 on page 12 describes the different ICCP failure scenarios. The dash means that
the item is not applicable.
Configure the master-only statement on the IP address of the fxp0 interface for backup
liveness detection, on both the master and backup Routing Engines, to ensure that the
connection is not reset during GRES in the remote peer.
The master Routing Engine services both 10.8.2.31 and 10.8.2.33. Configure 10.8.2.33 in
a backup-liveness-detection configuration on the peer node.
liveness-detection {
minimum-interval 500;
multiplier 3;
single-hop;
}
}
Load Balancing
Load balancing of network traffic between MC-LAG peers is 100 percent local bias. Load
balancing of network traffic between multiple LAG members in a local MC-LAG node is
achieved through a standard LAG hashing algorithm.
• Learned MAC addresses are propagated across MC-LAG peers for all of the VLANs
that are spawned across the peers.
• Aging of MAC addresses occurs when the MAC address is not seen on both of the peers.
• MAC addresses learned on single-homed links are propagated across all of the VLANs
that have MC-LAG links as members.
• Flooding happens on all links across peers if both peers have virtual LAN membership.
Only one of the peers forwards traffic on a given MC-LAG link.
• Known and unknown multicast packets are forwarded across the peers by adding the
ICL port as a multicast router port.
• During an MC-LAG peer reboot, known multicast traffic is flooded until the IGMP
snooping state is synchronized with the peer.
You must configure the ICL interface as a router-facing interface (by configuring the
multicast-router-interface statement) for multicast forwarding to work in an MC-LAG
environment. For the scenario in which traffic arrives by way of a Layer 3 interface, PIM
and IGMP must be enabled on the IRB or RVI interface configured on the MC-LAG peers.
You must enable PIM on the IRB or RVI interface to avoid multicast duplication.
The following two methods can be used to enable Layer 3 functionality across an MC-LAG.
We recommend that you use the VRRP over IRB or RVI method. Use MAC address
synchronization only when you cannot configure VRRP over an IRB or RVI.
• Configure different IP addresses on IRB or RVI interfaces, and run Virtual Router
Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) over the IRB or RVI interfaces. The virtual IP address is
the gateway IP address for the MC-LAG clients.
• DHCP Relay with option 82 enables option 82 on the MC-LAG peers. Option 82 provides
information about the network location of DHCP clients. The DHCP server uses this
information to implement IP addresses or other parameters for the client.
NOTE: You must configure VRRP on both MC-LAG peers for both the active
and standby members to accept and route packets. Additionally, you must
configure the VRRP backup device to send and receive ARP requests.
Routing protocols run on the primary IP address of the IRB or RVI interface, and both of
the MC-LAG peers run routing protocols independently. The routing protocols use the
primary IP address of the IRB or RVI interface and the IRB or RVI MAC address to
communicate with the MC-LAG peers. The IRB or RVI MAC address of each MC-LAG peer
is replicated on the other MC-LAG peer and is installed as a MAC address that has been
learned on the ICL.
NOTE: If you are using the VRRP over IRB or RVI method to enable Layer 3
functionality, you must configure static ARP entries for the IRB or RVI interface
of the remote MC-LAG peer to allow routing protocols to run over the IRB or
RVI interfaces.
• MAC addresses learned on single-homed customer edge (CE) clients of one MC-LAG
peer must be replicated as learned on the ICL interface of the other MC-LAG peer.
• MAC address learning on an ICL is disabled from the data path. It depends on software
to install MAC addresses replicated through ICCP.
MAC Aging
MAC aging support in Junos OS extends aggregated Ethernet logic for a specified MC-LAG.
A MAC address in software is not deleted until all Packet Forwarding Engines have deleted
the MAC address.
MAC address replication, however, provides the ability to exchange learned Layer 2 MAC
address information. If you have a VLAN without an IRB or RVI configured, MAC address
replication will synchronize the MAC addresses.
Control packets destined for a particular MC-LAG peer that arrive on an multichassis
aggregated Ethernet interface of its MC-LAG peer are not forwarded on the ICL interface.
Additionally, using the gateway IP address as a source address when you issue either a
ping, traceroute, telnet, or FTP request is not supported.
NOTE: Gratuitous ARP requests are not sent when the MAC address on the
IRB or RVI interface changes.
In a VLAN that requires Layer 3 functionality and MAC address synchronization, you can
configure either VRRP over an IRB or RVI interface or configure MAC address
synchronization. MAC address synchronization requires you to configure the same IP
address on the IRB interface in the VLAN on both MC-LAG peers. To enable the MAC
address synchronization feature using the standard CLI, issue the set vlan vlan-name
mcae-mac-synchronize command on each MC-LAG peer. If you are using the Enhanced
Layer 2 CLI, issue the set bridge-domains name mcae-mac-synchronize command on each
MC-LAG peer. Configure the same IP address on both MC-LAG peers. This IP address is
used as the default gateway for the MC-LAG servers or hosts.
Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) maps IP addresses to MAC addresses. Junos OS uses
ARP response packet snooping to support active-active MC-LAGs, providing easy
synchronization without the need to maintain any specific state. Without synchronization,
if one MC-LAG peer sends an ARP request, and the other MC-LAG peer receives the
response, ARP resolution is not successful. With synchronization, the MC-LAG peers
synchronize the ARP resolutions by sniffing the packet at the MC-LAG peer receiving the
ARP response and replicating this to the other MC-LAG peer. This ensures that the entries
in ARP tables on the MC-LAG peers are consistent.
When one of the MC-LAG peers restarts, the ARP destinations on its MC-LAG peer are
synchronized. Because the ARP destinations are already resolved, its MC-LAG peer can
forward Layer 3 packets out of the multichassis aggregated Ethernet interface.
NOTE: In some cases, ARP messages received by one MC-LAG peer are
replicated to the other MC-LAG peer through ICCP. This optimization feature
is applicable only for ARP replies, not ARP requests, received by the MC-LAG
peers.
NOTE: Dynamic ARP resolution over the ICL interface is not supported.
Consequently, incoming ARP replies on the ICL are discarded. However, ARP
entries can be populated on the ICL interface through ICCP exchanges from
a remote MC-LAG peer.
NOTE: During graceful Routing Engine switchover (GRES), ARP entries that
were learned remotely are purged and then learned again.
DHCP relay with option 82 provides information about the network location of DHCP
clients. The DHCP server uses this information to implement IP addresses or other
parameters for the client. With DHCP relay enabled, DHCP request packets might take
the path to the DHCP server through either of the MC-LAG peers. Because the MC-LAG
peers have different host names, chassis MAC addresses, and interface names, you need
to observe these requirements when you configure DHCP relay with option 82:
• Do not use the chassis MAC address as part of the remote ID string.
• If the ICL interface receives DHCP request packets, the packets are dropped to avoid
duplicate packets in the network.
A counter called Due to received on ICL interface has been added to the show helper
statistics command, which tracks the packets that the ICL interface drops.
The output shows that six packets received on the ICL interface have been dropped.
In normal mode designated router election, the IRB or RVI interfaces on both of the
MC-LAG peers are configured with PIM enabled. In this mode, one of the MC-LAG peers
becomes the designated router through the PIM designated router election mechanism.
The elected designated router maintains the rendezvous-point tree (RPT) and
shortest-path tree (SPT) so it can receive data from the source device. The elected
designated router participates in periodic PIM join and prune activities toward the
rendezvous point (RP) or the source.
The trigger for initiating these join and prune activities is the IGMP membership reports
that are received from interested receivers. IGMP reports received over multichassis
aggregated Ethernet interfaces (potentially hashing on either of the MC-LAG peers) and
single-homed links are synchronized to the MC-LAG peer through ICCP.
Both MC-LAG peers receive traffic on their incoming interface (IIF). The non-designated
router receives traffic by way of the ICL interface, which acts as a multicast router
(mrouter) interface.
If the designated router fails, the non-designated router has to build the entire forwarding
tree (RPT and SPT), which can cause multicast traffic loss.
In dual designated router (DR) mode, both of the MC-LAG peers act as designated routers
(active and standby) and send periodic join and prune messages upstream toward the
RP, or source, and eventually join the RPT or SPT.
The primary MC-LAG peer forwards the multicast traffic to the receiver devices even if
the standby MC-LAG peer has a smaller preference metric.
The standby MC-LAG peer also joins the forwarding tree and receives the multicast data.
The standby MC-LAG peer drops the data because it has an empty outgoing interface
list (OIL). When the standby MC-LAG peer detects the primary MC-LAG peer failure, it
adds the receiver VLAN to the OIL, and starts to forward the multicast traffic.
To enable a multicast dual DR, issue the set protocols pim interface interface-name dual-dr
command on the VLAN interfaces of each MC-LAG peer.
members of the MC-LAG link are down, outbound traffic on the MC-LAG is redirected to
the ICL interface on the data plane.
The following two methods can be used to enable Layer 3 functionality across an MC-LAG.
We recommend that you use the VRRP over IRB or RVI method. Use MAC address
synchronization only when you cannot configure VRRP over the IRB or RVI interface.
• Configure different IP addresses on IRB or RVI interfaces, and run Virtual Router
Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) over the IRB or RVI interfaces. The virtual IP address is
the gateway IP address for the MC-LAG clients.
If you are using the VRRP over IRB method to enable Layer 3 functionality, you must
configure static ARP entries for the IRB interface of the remote MC-LAG peer to allow
routing protocols to run over the IRB interfaces. This step is required so you can issue the
ping command to reach both the physical IP addresses and virtual IP addresses of the
MC-LAG peers.
For example, you can issue set interfaces irb unit 18 family inet address 10.181.18.3/24
arp 10.181.18.2 mac 84:18:88:96:2f:f0 command.
When you issue the show interfaces irb command after you have configured VRRP over
IRB, you will see that the static ARP entries are pointing to the IRB MAC addresses of the
remote MC-LAG peer:
• DHCP Relay with option 82 enables option 82 on the MC-LAG peers. Option 82 provides
information about the network location of DHCP clients. The DHCP server uses this
information to implement IP addresses or other parameters for the client.
STP might detect local miswiring loops within the peer or across MC-LAG peers.
• Disable STP on ICL links; otherwise, STP might block ICL interfaces and disable
protection.
• Do not enable bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) block on interfaces connected to
aggregation switches.
For more information about BPDU block, see Understanding BPDU Protection for STP,
RSTP, and MSTP .
MC-LAG Upgrade
Upgrade the MC-LAG peers according to the following guidelines.
1. Make sure that both of the MC-LAG peers (node1 and node2) are in the active-active
state by using the following command on any one of the MC-LAG peers:
When node1 is upgraded, it is rebooted, and all traffic is sent across the available LAG
interfaces of node2, which is still up. The amount of traffic lost depends on how quickly
the neighbor devices detect the link loss and rehash the flows of the LAG.
3. Verify that node1 is running the software you just installed by issuing the show version
command.
4. Make sure that both nodes of the MC-LAG (node1 and node2) are in the active-active
state after the reboot of node1.
Private VLANs
Private VLANs (P-VLANs) allow you to split a broadcast domain into multiple isolated
broadcast subdomains, essentially putting a VLAN inside of a VLAN. A P-VLAN can span
multiple peers on an MC-LAG.
When configuring a P-VLAN, you must configure the ICL interface as the P-VLAN trunk
interface for the P-VLAN. This is essential for traffic to be switched to the required primary
and secondary ports of the P-VLAN across the MC-LAG peers.
Link aggregation (IEEE 802.3ad) solves some of these problems by enabling users to
use more than one link connection between switches. All physical connections are
considered one logical connection. The problem with standard link aggregation is that
the connections are point to point.
Multichassis link aggregation groups (MC-LAGs) enable a client device to form a logical
LAG interface between two MC-LAG peers. An MC-LAG provides redundancy and load
balancing between the two MC-LAG peers, multihoming support, and a loop-free Layer
2 network without running STP.
On one end of an MC-LAG, there is an MC-LAG client device, such as a server, that has
one or more physical links in a link aggregation group (LAG). This client device uses the
link as a LAG. On the other side of the MC-LAG, there are two MC-LAG peers. Each of the
MC-LAG peers has one or more physical links connected to a single client device.
The MC-LAG peers use Inter-Chassis Control Protocol (ICCP) to exchange control
information and coordinate with each other to ensure that data traffic is forwarded
properly.
NOTE: You must specify a service identifier (service-id) for each multichassis
aggregated Ethernet interface that belongs to a LAG; otherwise, multichassis
link aggregation will not work.
Active-active bridging Not supported Not supported Not supported Supported Not supported
domain
Active-standby mode Not supported Not supported Supported Supported Not supported
Layer 2 circuit functions Not supported Not supported Supported Not supported Supported
Table 7: Feature Support on the EX Series, MX Series, and QFX Series (continued)
EX4300 EX4600 MX Series QFX Series
Features Device Device EX9200 Device Devices Devices
Pseudowire status type Not supported Not supported Not supported Not supported Supported
Virtual private LAN service Not supported Not supported Supported in Supported in Not supported
(VPLS) active-standby active-standby
mode only mode only
Private VLANs (P-VLANS) Not supported Supported Not supported Not supported Supported
The MC-LAG devices use Inter-Chassis Control Protocol (ICCP) to exchange the control
information between two MC-LAG network devices.
On one end of MC-LAG is an MC-LAG client device that has one or more physical links in
a link aggregation group (LAG). This client device does not need to be aware of MC-LAG.
On the other side of MC-LAG are two MC-LAG network devices. Each of these network
devices has one or more physical links connected to a single client device. The network
devices coordinate with each other to ensure that data traffic is forwarded properly.
• Layer 2 circuit functions are supported with ether-ccc and vlan-ccc encapsulation.
To enable MC-LAG, include the mc-ae statement at the [edit interfaces aeX
aggregated-ether-options] hierarchy level along with either the ethernet-bridge,
encapsulation ethernet-ccc, encapsulation ethernet-vpls, or flexible-ethernet-services
statement at the [edit interfaces aeX] hierarchy level. You also need to configure the lacp
statement and the admin-key and system-id statements at the [edit interfaces aeX
aggregated-ether-options] hierarchy level:
To delete an MC-LAG interface from the configuration, issue the delete interfaces aeX
aggregated-ether-options mc-ae command at the [edit] hierarchy level in configuration
mode:
[edit]
user@host# delete interfaces aeX aggregated-ether-options mc-ae
Preventing Loops in
MC-LAG Topologies
To prevent loops in MC-LAG topologies, configure the two edge nodes with the same
(STP) virtual root ID using Reverse Layer 2 Gateway Protocol (RL2GP). This root ID should
be superior to all bridges in the downstream network because downstream bridges have
to be capable of running STP. RL2GP should be configured on both MC-LAG nodes to
prevent loops. A potential loop, such as one that can happen due to improper cabling at
the core or the access switching layer, or due to a bug in server software, is broken by
STP blocking one of the interfaces in the downstream network. Because both MC-LAG
nodes are root bridges (virtual), the MC-LAG interface remains in the forwarding state.
The downstream bridge receives bridge protocol data units (BPDUs) from both the nodes
and thus receives twice the number of BPDUs on its ae interface. If both MC-LAG nodes
use the same ae interface name, the STP port number is identical, which reduces the
STP load on downstream bridge.
Configuring MC-LAG
Devices
Perform the following steps on each router that is hosting an MC-LAG:
1. Specify the same multichassis aggregated Ethernet identification number for the
MC-LAG that the aggregated Ethernet interface belongs to on each router.
[edit interfaces]
user@host# set aeX aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mc-ae-id mc-ae-id
For example:
[edit interfaces]
user@host# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mc-ae-id 3
2. Specify a unique chassis ID for the MC-LAG that the aggregated Ethernet interface
belongs to on each router.
[edit interfaces]
user@host# set aeX aggregated-ether-options mc-ae chassis-id chassis-id
For example:
[edit interfaces]
user@host# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae chassis-id 0
3. Specify the mode of the MC-LAG the aggregated Ethernet interface belongs to.
[edit interfaces]
user@host# set aeX aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mode mode
For example:
[edit interfaces]
user@host# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mode active-active
4. Specify whether the aggregated Ethernet interface participating in the MC-LAG is
primary or secondary.
NOTE: You must configure status control on both routers hosting the
MC-LAG. If one router is in active mode, the other must be in standby
mode.
[edit interfaces]
user@host# set aeX aggregated-ether-options mc-ae status-control (active | standby)
For example:
[edit interfaces]
user@host# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae status-control active
5. Specify the same LACP system ID on each router.
[edit interfaces]
user@host# set aeX aggregated-ether-options lacp system-id mac-address
For example:
[edit interfaces]
user@host# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp system-id 00:01:02:03:04:05
6. Specify the same LACP administration key on each router.
[edit interfaces]
user@host# set aeX aggregated-ether-options lacp admin-key number
For example:
[edit interfaces]
user@host# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp admin-key 3
7. Configure ICCP by doing the following on each router hosting the MC-LAG:
a. Configure the local IP address to be used by all routers hosting the MC-LAG.
[edit protocols]
user@host# set iccp local-ip-addr local-ip-address
For example:
[edit protocols]
user@host# set iccp local-ip-addr 3.3.3.1
b. (Optional) Configure the IP address of the router and the time during which an
ICCP connection must succeed between the routers hosting the MC-LAG.
[edit protocols]
user@host# set iccp peer peer-ip-address session-establishment-hold-time seconds
For example:
[edit protocols]
user@host# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 session-establishment-hold-time 50
c. Configure the minimum interval at which the router must receive a reply from the
other router with which it has established a Bidirectional Forwarding Detection
(BFD) session.
[edit protocols]
user@host# set iccp peer peer-ip-address liveness-detection minimum-receive-interval
seconds
For example:
[edit protocols]
user@host# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 liveness-detection minimum-receive-interval 60
d. Configure the minimum transmit interval during which a router must receive a reply
from a router with which it has established a BFD session.
[edit protocols]
user@host# set iccp peer peer-ip-address liveness-detection transmit-interval
minimum-interval seconds
For example:
[edit protocols]
user@host# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 liveness-detection transmit-interval minimum-interval
60
8. Configure a multichassis protection link between the routers.
[edit]
user@host# set multi-chassis multi-chassis-protection peer-ip-address interface
interface-name
For example:
[edit protocols]
user@host# set multi-chassis multi-chassis-protection 3.3.3.1 interface ae0
9. Enable Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP).
[edit]
user@host# set protocols rstp interface ae1 mode point-to-point
10. Configure the MC-LAG interfaces as edge ports on both routers.
[edit]
user@host# set protocols rstp interface ae1 edge
11. Enable BPDU block on all interfaces except for the ICL-PL interfaces on both routers.
[edit]
user@host# set protocols rstp bpdu-block-on-edge
Related • Active-Active Bridging and VRRP over IRB Functionality on MX Series Routers Overview
Documentation on page 68
• Configuring Active-Active Bridging and VRRP over IRB in Multichassis Link Aggregation
on MX Series Routers on page 80
Multichassis link aggregation groups (MC-LAGs) enable a client device to form a logical
LAG interface between two MC-LAG peers (for example, EX9200 switches). An MC-LAG
provides redundancy and load balancing between the two MC-LAG peers, multihoming
support, and a loop-free Layer 2 network without running Spanning Tree Protocol (STP).
On one end of an MC-LAG, there is an MC-LAG client device, such as a server, that has
one or more physical links in a link aggregation group (LAG). This client device does not
need to have an MC-LAG configured. On the other side of MC-LAG, there are two MC-LAG
peers. Each of the MC-LAG peers has one or more physical links connected to a single
client device.
The MC-LAG peers use Inter-Chassis Control Protocol (ICCP) to exchange control
information and coordinate with each other to ensure that data traffic is forwarded
properly.
For information about MC-LAG functional behaviors, see the “MC-LAG Configuration
Guidelines and Functional Behavior” section in the topic Understanding Multichassis Link
Aggregation. .
1. Specify the same multichassis aggregated Ethernet identification number for the
MC-LAG that the aggregated Ethernet interface belongs to on each switch.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set aex aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mc-ae-id number
For example:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mc-ae-id 3
2. Specify a unique chassis ID for the MC-LAG that the aggregated Ethernet interface
belongs to on each switch.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set aex aggregated-ether-options mc-ae chassis-id number
For example:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae chassis-id 0
3. Specify the mode of the MC-LAG the aggregated Ethernet interface belongs to.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set aex aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mode mode
For example:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mode active-active
4. Specify whether the aggregated Ethernet interface participating in the MC-LAG is
primary or secondary.
NOTE: You must configure status control on both switches that host the
MC-LAG. If one switch is in active mode, the other must be in standby
mode.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set aex aggregated-ether-options mc-ae status-control (active | standby)
For example:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae status-control active
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set aex aggregated-ether-options lacp system-id mac-address
For example:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp system-id 00:01:02:03:04:05
6. Specify the same LACP administration key on each switch.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set aex aggregated-ether-options lacp admin-key number
For example:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp admin-key 3
7. Configure ICCP by performing the following steps on each switch that hosts the
MC-LAG:
a. Configure the local IP address to be used by the switches that host the MC-LAG.
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp local-ip-addr local-ip-address
For example:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp local-ip-addr 3.3.3.1
b. (Optional) Configure the IP address of the switch and the time during which an
ICCP connection must be established between the switches that host the MC-LAG.
Configuring the session establishment hold time helps to establish a faster ICCP
connection . The recommended value is 50 seconds.
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer peer-ip-address session-establishment-hold-time seconds
For example:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 session-establishment-hold-time 50
c. (Optional) Configure the backup-liveness-detection statement on the
management interface (fxp0) only.
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer peer-ip-address backup-liveness-detection backup-peer-ip
ip-address
For example:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 backup-liveness-detection backup-peer-ip
10.207.64.232
d. Configure the minimum interval at which the switch must receive a reply from the
other switch with which it has established a Bidirectional Forwarding Detection
(BFD) session.
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer peer-ip-address liveness-detection minimum-receive-interval
seconds
For example:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccppeer 3.3.3.2 liveness-detection minimum-receive-interval 60
e. Configure the minimum transmit interval during which a switch must receive a
reply from a switch with which it has established a BFD session.
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer peer-ip-address liveness-detection transmit-interval
minimum-interval seconds
For example:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 liveness-detection transmit-interval minimum-interval
60
8. Configure a multichassis protection link between the switches.
[edit]
user@switch# set multi-chassis multi-chassis-protection peer-ip-address interface
interface-name
For example:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set multi-chassis multi-chassis-protection 3.3.3.1 interface ae0
• Example: Configuring Multichassis Link Aggregation for Layer 3 Multicast Using VRRP
on EX9200 Switches on page 148
Multichassis link aggregation groups (MC-LAGs) enable a client device to form a logical
LAG interface between two switches. An MC-LAG provides redundancy and load balancing
between the two switches, multihoming support, and a loop-free Layer 2 network without
running the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP).
The MC-LAG switches use the Inter-Chassis Control Protocol (ICCP) to exchange the
control information between two MC-LAG switches.
On one end of an MC-LAG is an MC-LAG client device, such as a server, that has one or
more physical links in a link aggregation group (LAG). This client device does not need
to detect the MC-LAG. On the other side of MC-LAG are two MC-LAG switches. Each of
the switches has one or more physical links connected to a single client device. The
switches coordinate with each other to ensure that data traffic is forwarded properly.
1. Specify the same multichassis aggregated Ethernet identification number for the
MC-LAG that the aggregated Ethernet interface belongs to on each switch.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set aeX aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mc-ae-id number
For example:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mc-ae-id 3
2. Specify a unique chassis ID for the MC-LAG that the aggregated Ethernet interface
belongs to on each switch.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set aeX aggregated-ether-options mc-ae chassis-id number
For example:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae chassis-id 0
3. Specify the mode of the MC-LAG the aggregated Ethernet interface belongs to.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set aeX aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mode mode
For example:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mode active-active
4. Specify whether the aggregated Ethernet interface participating in the MC-LAG is
primary or secondary.
NOTE: You must configure status control on both switches hosting the
MC-LAG. If one switch is in active mode, the other must be in standby
mode.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set aeX aggregated-ether-options mc-ae status-control (active | standby)
For example:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae status-control active
5. Specify the same LACP system ID on each switch.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set aeX aggregated-ether-options lacp system-id mac-address
For example:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp system-id 00:01:02:03:04:05
6. Specify the same LACP administration key on each switch.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set aeX aggregated-ether-options lacp admin-key number
For example:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp admin-key 3
7. Configure ICCP by doing the following on each switch hosting the MC-LAG:
a. Configure the local IP address to be used by all switches hosting the MC-LAG.
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp local-ip-addr local-ip-address
For example:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp local-ip-addr 3.3.3.1
b. (Optional) Configure the IP address of the switch and the time during which an
ICCP connection must succeed between the switches hosting the MC-LAG.
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 session-establishment-hold-time 50
c. (Optional) Configure the IP address to be used for backup liveness detection.
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer peer-ip-address backup-liveness-detection backup-peer-ip
ip-address
For example:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 backup-liveness-detection backup-peer-ip
10.207.64.232
d. Configure the minimum interval at which the switch must receive a reply from the
other switch with which it has established a Bidirectional Forwarding Detection
(BFD) session.
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer peer-ip-address liveness-detection minimum-receive-interval
seconds
For example:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccppeer 3.3.3.2 liveness-detection minimum-receive-interval 1000
e. Configure the minimum transmit interval during which a switch must receive a
reply from a switch with which it has established a BFD session.
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer peer-ip-address liveness-detection transmit-interval
minimum-interval seconds
For example:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 liveness-detection transmit-interval minimum-interval
1000
8. Configure a multichassis protection link between the switches.
[edit]
user@switch# set multi-chassis multi-chassis-protection peer-ip-address interface
interface-name
For example:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set multi-chassis multi-chassis-protection 3.3.3.1 interface ae0
9. If you are using ELS, configure the service-id on both switches.
[edit]
[edit]
user@switch# set switch-options service-id 10
10. Configure the MC-LAG interfaces as edge ports on both switches.
[edit]
user@switch# set protocols rstp interface ae1 edge
11. Enable BPDU block on all interfaces except for the ICL-PL interfaces on both switches.
[edit]
user@switch# set protocols rstp bpdu-block-on-edge
• Example: Configuring Multichassis Link Aggregation for Layer 3 Unicast using MAC
Address Synchronization on page 211
• Example: Configuring Multichassis Link Aggregation for Layer 3 Unicast Using VRRP
on page 226
• Example: Configuring Multichassis Link Aggregation for Layer 3 Multicast Using VRRP
on page 253
This example shows how multichassis link aggregation groups (MC-LAGs) enable a client
device to form a logical LAG interface between two switches to provide redundancy and
load balancing between the two switches, multihoming support, and a loop-free Layer
2 network without running Spanning Tree Protocol (STP).
• Requirements on page 41
• Overview on page 41
• Configuration on page 42
• Verification on page 60
• Troubleshooting on page 63
Requirements
This example uses the following hardware and software components:
• Junos OS Release 12.2 or later for the QFX3500 and QFX3600 standalone switches
and Junos OS Release 13.2X51-D10 or later for the QFX5100 standalone switches, or
Junos OS Release 13.2X51-D25 or later for EX4600 switches.
Before you configure an MC-LAG, be sure that you understand how to:
Overview
In this example, you configure an MC-LAG across two switches, consisting of two
aggregated Ethernet interfaces, an interchassis control link-protection link (ICL-PL),
multichassis protection link for the ICL-PL, the Inter-Chassis Control Protocol for the
peers hosting the MC-LAG, and Layer 3 connectivity between MC-LAG peers. Layer 3
connectivity is required for ICCP.
Topology
The topology used in this example consists of two switches hosting an MC-LAG. The two
switches are connected to a server. Figure 1 on page 41 shows the topology used in this
example.
Table 8: Components of the Topology for Configuring a Multichassis LAG Between Two Switches
Configuration
CLI Quick To quickly configure this example, copy the following commands, paste them in a text
Configuration file, remove any line breaks, change any details necessary to match your network
configuration, copy and paste the commands into the CLI at the [edit] hierarchy level ,
and then enter commit from configuration mode.
NOTE: This example shows how to configure MC-LAG using both the original
CLI and Enhanced Layer 2 Software (ELS).
In ELS, there are three statements and one additional statement that are
different grom the original CLI:
Switch A—ELS
set chassis aggregated-devices ethernet device-count 2
set interfaces xe-0/0/12 ether-options 802.3ad ae0
set interfaces xe-0/0/13 ether-options 802.3ad ae0
set interfaces xe-0/0/44 ether-options 802.3ad ae1
set interfaces ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching interface-mode trunk
set interfaces ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v500
set interfaces ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v100
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp active
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp system-id 00:01:02:03:04:05
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp admin-key 3
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mc-ae-id 3
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae chassis-id 0
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mode active-active
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae status-control active
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae init-delay-time 240
set interfaces ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching interface-mode trunk
set interfaces ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v100
set interfaces irb unit 500 family inet address 3.3.3.2/24
set vlans v100 vlan-id 100
set vlans v500 vlan-id 500
set vlans v500 l3-interface irb.500
set protocols iccp local-ip-addr 3.3.3.2
set protocols iccp peer 3.3.3.1 session-establishment-hold-time 50
set protocols iccp peer 3.3.3.1 backup-liveness-detection backup-peer-ip 10.207.64.233
set protocols iccp peer 3.3.3.1 liveness-detection minimum-receive-interval 1000
set protocols iccp peer 3.3.3.1 liveness-detection transmit-interval minimum-interval 1000
set protocols rstp interface ae1.0 edge
set protocols rstp interface ae1.0 mode point-to-point
set protocols rstp bpdu-block-on-edge
set multi-chassis multi-chassis-protection 3.3.3.1 interface ae0
set switch-options service-id 10
Switch B—ELS
set chassis aggregated-devices ethernet device-count 2
set interfaces xe-0/0/12 ether-options 802.3ad ae0
set interfaces xe-0/0/13 ether-options 802.3ad ae0
set interfaces xe-0/0/46 ether-options 802.3ad ae1
set interfaces ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching interface-mode trunk
set interfaces ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v500
set interfaces ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v100
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp active
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp system-id 00:01:02:03:04:05
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp admin-key 3
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mc-ae-id 3
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae chassis-id 1
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mode active-active
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae status-control standby
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae init-delay-time 240
set interfaces ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching interface-mode trunk
set interfaces ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v100
set interfaces irb unit 500 family inet address 3.3.3.1/24
set vlans v100 vlan-id 100
set vlans v500 vlan-id 500
set vlans v500 l3-interface irb.500
set protocols iccp local-ip-addr 3.3.3.1
set protocols iccp peer 3.3.3.2 session-establishment-hold-time 50
set protocols iccp peer 3.3.3.2 backup-liveness-detection backup-peer-ip 10.207.64.234
set protocols iccp peer 3.3.3.2 liveness-detection minimum-receive-interval 1000
set protocols iccp peer 3.3.3.2 liveness-detection transmit-interval minimum-interval 1000
set protocols rstp interface ae1.0 edge
Step-by-Step The following example requires you to navigate various levels in the configuration
Procedure hierarchy. For information about navigating the CLI, see Using the CLI Editor in Configuration
Mode in the CLI User Guide.
[edit chassis]
user@switch# set aggregated-devices ethernet device-count 2
Switch A:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set xe-0/0/44 ether-options 802.3ad ae1
Switch B:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set xe-0/0/46 ether-options 802.3ad ae1
Orignal CLI:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching port-mode trunk
or
ELS:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching interface-mode trunk
Switch A:
[edit]
user@switch# set multi-chassis multi-chassis-protection 3.3.3.1 interface ae0
Switch B:
[edit]
user@switch# set multi-chassis multi-chassis-protection 3.3.3.2 interface ae0
Switch A:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp local-ip-addr 3.3.3.2
Switch B:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp local-ip-addr 3.3.3.1
2. Configure the peer IP address and minimum receive interval for a BFD session for
ICCP on Switch A and Switch B.
Switch A:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.1 liveness-detection minimum-receive-interval
1000
Switch B:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 liveness-detection minimum-receive-interval
1000
3. Configure the peer IP address and minimum transmit interval for BFD session for
ICCP on Switch A and Switch B.
Switch A:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.1 liveness-detection transmit-interval
minimum-interval 1000
Switch B:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 liveness-detection transmit-interval
minimum-interval 1000
4. (Optional) Configure the time during which an ICCP connection must succeed
between MC-LAG peers on Switch A and Switch B.
Switch A:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.1 session-establishment-hold-time 50
Switch B:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 session-establishment-hold-time 50
5. (Optional) Configure the backup IP address to be used for backup liveness detection
on both Switch A and Switch B.
Switch A:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.1 backup-liveness-detection backup-peer-ip
10.207.64.233
Switch B:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 backup-liveness-detection backup-peer-ip
10.207.64.234
6. Configure Layer 3 connectivity between the MC-LAG peers on both Switch A and
Switch B.
[edit vlans]
user@switch# set v500 vlan-id 500
Original CLI:
[edit vlans]
user@switch# set v500 l3-interface vlan.500
ELS:
[edit vlans]
user@switch# set v500 l3-interface irb.500
Original CLI:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching port-mode trunk vlan
members v500
Original CLI:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching port-mode trunk vlan
members v100
or
ELS:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching interface-mode trunk vlan
members v500
ELS:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching interface-mode trunk vlan
members v100
NOTE: At least one end needs to be active. The other end can be either
active or passive.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp active
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mc-ae-id 3
ELS:
[edit]
user@switch# set switch-options service-id 10
4. Specify a unique chassis ID for the MC-LAG on the MC-LAG peers on Switch A and
Switch B.
Switch A:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae chassis-id 0
Switch B:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae chassis-id 1
5. Specify the operating mode of the MC-LAG on both Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mode active-active
NOTE: You must configure status control on both Switch A and Switch
B hosting the MC-LAG. If one peer is in active mode, the other must be
in standby mode.
Switch A:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae status-control active
Switch B:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae status-control standby
7. Specify the number of seconds by which the bring-up of the multichassis aggregated
Ethernet interface should be deferred after you reboot Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae init-delay-time 240
8. Specify the same LACP system ID for the MC-LAG on Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp system-ID 00:01:02:03:04:05
9. Specify the same LACP administration key on both Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp admin-key 3
Original CLI:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching port-mode trunk
or
ELS:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching interface-mode trunk
[edit]
user@switch# set vlans v100 vlan-id 100
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v100
11. (Optional) Enable a private VLAN on the MC-LAG on Switch A and Switch B.
[edit]
user@switch# set vlans vlan100 pvlan isolation-vlan-id 200
extend-secondary-vlan-id
[edit]
user@switch# set vlans vlan100 interface ae0.0 pvlan-trunk
NOTE: The all option is not available on ELS, so you cannot issue this
command on ELS.
[edit]
user@switch# set protocols rstp interface all mode point-to-point
ELS:
[edit]
user@switch# set protocols rstp interface ae1.0 mode point-to-point
[edit]
user@switch# set protocols rstp interface ae0.0 disable
[edit]
user@switch# set protocols rstp interface ae1.0 edge
4. Enable BPDU blocking on all interfaces except for the ICL-PL interfaces on Switch
A and Switch B.
[edit]
Results
From configuration mode on Switch A using Original CLI, confirm your configuration by
entering the show chassis, show interfaces, show protocols, show multi-chassis, and show
vlans commands. If the output does not display the intended configuration, repeat the
instructions in this example to correct the configuration.
}
}
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
port-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v100;
}
}
}
}
vlan {
unit 500 {
family inet {
address 3.3.3.2/24;
}
}
}
v500 {
vlan-id 500;
l3-interface vlan.500;
}
From configuration mode on Switch A using ELS, confirm your configuration by entering
the show chassis, show interfaces, show protocols, show multi-chassis, show switch-options,
and show vlans commands. If the output does not display the intended configuration,
repeat the instructions in this example to correct the configuration.
}
}
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
interface-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v100;
}
}
}
}
vlan {
unit 500 {
family inet {
address 3.3.3.2/24;
}
}
}
vlan-id 500;
l3-interface irb.500;
}
From configuration mode on Switch B using Original CLI, confirm your configuration by
entering the show chassis, show interfaces, show protocols, show multi-chassis, and show
vlans commands. If the output does not display the intended configuration, repeat the
instructions in this example to correct the configuration.
}
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
port-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v100;
}
}
}
}
vlan {
unit 500 {
family inet {
address 3.3.3.1/24;
}
}
}
vlan-id 500;
l3-interface vlan.500;
}
From configuration mode on Switch B using ELS, confirm your configuration by entering
the show chassis, show interfaces, show protocols, show multi-chassis, show switch-options,
and show vlans commands. If the output does not display the intended configuration,
repeat the instructions in this example to correct the configuration.
}
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
interface-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v100;
}
}
}
}
vlan {
unit 500 {
family inet {
address 3.3.3.1/24;
}
}
}
l3-interface irb.500;
}
Verification
Verify that the configuration is working properly.
Action [edit]
user@switch> show iccp
Redundancy Group Information for peer 3.3.3.1
TCP Connection : Established
Liveliness Detection : Up
Meaning This output shows that the TCP connection between the peers hosting the MC-LAG is
up, liveness detection is up, and MCSNOOPD and ESWD client applications are running.
[edit]
user@switch> show iccp
Redundancy Group Information for peer 3.3.3.2
TCP Connection : Established
Liveliness Detection : Up
Meaning This output shows that the TCP connection between the peers hosting the MC-LAG is
up, liveness detection is up, and MCSNOOPD and ESWD client applications are running.
Action [edit]
user@switch> show lacp interfaces
Aggregated interface: ae1
LACP state: Role Exp Def Dist Col Syn Aggr Timeout Activity
xe-0/0/46 Actor No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Fast Active
xe-0/0/46 Partner No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Fast Active
LACP protocol: Receive State Transmit State Mux State
xe-0/0/46 Current Fast periodic Collecting distributing
Action [edit]
user@switch> show lacp interfaces
Verifying That the multichassis aggregated Ethernet and ICL-PL Interfaces Are
Up on Switch A
Purpose Verify that the multichassis aggregated Ethernet and ICL-PL interfaces are up on Switch
A.
Action [edit]
user@switch> show interfaces mc-ae
Member Link : ae1
Current State Machine's State: mcae active state
Local Status : active
Local State : up
Peer Status : active
Peer State : up
Logical Interface : ae1.0
Topology Type : bridge
Local State : up
Peer State : up
Peer Ip/MCP/State : 3.3.3.1 ae0.0 up
Meaning This output shows that the multichassis aggregated Ethernet interface on Switch A is
up and active.
Verifying That the multichassis aggregated Ethernet and ICL-PL Interfaces Are
Up on Switch B
Purpose Verify that the multichassis aggregated Ethernet and ICL-PL interfaces are up on Switch
B.
Action [edit]
user@switch> show interfaces mc-ae
Member Link : ae1
Current State Machine's State: mcae active state
Local Status : active
Local State : up
Peer Status : active
Peer State : up
Logical Interface : ae1.0
Topology Type : bridge
Local State : up
Peer State : up
Peer Ip/MCP/State : 3.3.3.2 ae0.0 up
Meaning This output shows that the multichassis aggregated Ethernet interface on Switch B is
up and active.
Action [edit]
user@switch> show ethernet-switching table
Ethernet-switching table: 10 entries, 4 learned, 0 persistent entries
VLAN MAC address Type Age Interfaces
V100 * Flood - All-members
V100 00:10:94:00:00:05 Learn(L) 33 ae0.0 (MCAE)
Action [edit]
user@switch> show ethernet-switching table
Ethernet-switching table: 10 entries, 4 learned, 0 persistent entries
VLAN MAC address Type Age Interfaces
V100 * Flood - All-members
V100 00:10:94:00:00:05 Learn(L) 33 ae0.0 (MCAE)
Troubleshooting
Problem The show interfaces terse command shows that the MC-LAG is down.
• Verify that the MC-LAG is part of family Ethernet switching (Layer 2 LAG).
• Verify that the MC-LAG member is connected to the correct MC-LAG member at the
other end.
To configure ICCP for MC-LAG interfaces on logical systems, include the iccp statement
at the [edit logical-systems logical-system-name protocols] hierarchy level. To view ICCP
information for MC-LAG on logical systems, use the show iccp logical-system
logical-system-name command. To view ARP statistics or remote MAC addresses for the
multichassis aggregated Ethernet (MC-AE) nodes for all or specified redundancy groups
Logical systems enable effective, optimal segregation of a single router into multiple
virtual partitions, which can be configured and managed by diversified entities. Logical
systems perform a subset of the actions of a physical router and have their own unique
routing tables, interfaces, policies, and routing instances. A set of logical systems within
a single router can handle the functions previously performed by several small routers.
In a network deployment that contains MC-LAG interfaces, you can configure such
interfaces on logical systems contained within a router. When you configure multichassis
aggregated Ethernet (MC-AE) interfaces on a logical system, you must ensure that these
interfaces are added with the same multichassis aggregated Ethernet identification
number and redundancy group identifier for the MC-LAG on both the peers or devices
that are connected by the MC-AE interfaces. It is not necessary to specify the same logical
system name on both the peers; however, you must ensure that the Inter-Chassis Control
Protocol (ICCP) to associate the routing or switching devices contained in a redundancy
group is defined on both the peers within the logical systems of the devices. Such a
configuration ensures that all the packets are transmitted using ICCP within the logical
sysem network. The logical system information is added and removed by the ICCP process
to prevent each packet from containing the logical system details. This behavior enables
multiple disjoint users to employ MC-LAG capabilities within their networks transparently
and seamlessly. A unique ICCP definition for a logical system is created, thereby enabling
you to wholly manage the ICCP parameters on one logical system without the need for
access permissions to view other logical system networks on the same device.
Configuration of MC-LAG interfaces on logical systems enables MC-LAG to be used
across multiple routing tables and switch forwarding tables in active-active and
active-standby modes of MC-LAG interfaces.
Because the Layer 2 address learning process (L2ALD) supports logical systems, the
ARP, neighbor discovery (ND), and MAC synchronization packets that are traversing an
MC-AE interface use the logical system:routing instance (LS:RI) combination to map the
packets to the correct routing instance in a logical system. LACP does not require the
LS-RI combination to be identified because it operates on physical interfaces and is
unique within a chassis. For a service in the set of provider edge (PE) routers providing
the service, the service ID distinguishes the routing instances in a logical system because
it is unique for a logical system across a routing instance. MC-LAG is configured on the
aggregated Ethernet (ae-) bundle interface. An ae- interface is a logical interface and is
globally unique, which causes the MCLAG configuration to be exclusive and separate for
a router. You can add ae- interfaces in an MC-LAG configuration to be part of a logical
system and use it throughout that particular logical system.
across the peers. Additionally, ICCP propagates the operational state of MC-LAG members
through the ICL-PL. The two PE devices, MX1 and MX2, each have a LAG connected to
the CE devices, CE1 and CE2. Four logical systems are defined on each of the PE devices,
MX1 and MX2. CE-1 and CE-2 can be part of the same VLAN with the same VLAN ID and
located in the same IP subnet for MC-LAG in two different Logical systems. All the four
logical system entities can work independently in MX1 and MX2.
The ICCP process can manage multiple client-server connections with its peer ICCP
instances based on the ICCP configuration for the logical system:routing instance (LS-RI)
combinations. Each ICCP connection is associated with an LS-RI combination. For
example, with two routing instances, IP1 and IP2 on each of the logical systems, LS1 and
LS2, the following mapping is performed for ICCP settings:
[ICCP] (LS1) (IP1) < = = > (IP2) (LS1) [ICCP] within LS1 network.
[ICCP] (LS2) (IP1) < = = > (IP2) (LS2) [ICCP] within LS2 network.
An ICCP instance in a logical system is linked with the ICCP instance of the peer logical
system. The ICCP application transmits the relevant routing index depending on the LS:RI
combination to the BFD process, when BFD is configured in your topology.
The L2ALD process transmits and receives ARP, neighbor discovery, and MAC
synchronization packets with the LS-RI information. When the peer MAC synchronization
packets are received, the L2ALD process decodes the LS details from the packet and
determines whether an identical LS has been previously created on the router. If a match
is found for the LS, the MAC forwarding entry for the corresponding bridge table for an
interface bridge domain is created. If the LS in the received packet does not match with
the defined LS on the device, for the MAC synchronization packet, the default logical
instance is used for processing. Similarly, upon receipt of the ARP and ND packets, the
L2ALD process decapsulates the LS information from packet and verifies if the
corresponding logical instance has been previously created. If a match is found for the
LS, the ARP and ND packets are processed according to the Layer 3 index that is unique
in the system. Programming kernel entry mayn’t require any LS info since it is programmed
on L3 index which is unique in the system. If the LS in the received packet does not match
with the defined LS on the device, for the ARP and ND packets, the default logical instance
is used for processing. The routing instance is determined using the service ID attribute.
The LS information is forwarded to ICCP, which in turn identifies the appropriate ICCP
interface for the logical system and sends packets over it.
• You cannot use a single chassis to function as a provider edge (PE) and a customer
edge (CE) device in different logical systems.
• You cannot use a single chassis to function as two PE devices by configuring logical
systems on the chassis and ICCP, ICL links between the two logical systems because
the MC-AE ID is unique in a router.
• VPLS and VPN protocols with MC-LAG in active-standy mode is not supported.
• Logical system information is not communicated to the peer chassis because this
detail is derived from an ICCP instance.
Active-Active Bridging and VRRP over IRB Functionality on MX Series Routers Overview
MX Series routers support active-active bridging and Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol
(VRRP) over integrated routing and bridging (IRB). This is a common scenario used in
data centers. This section provides an overview of the supported functionality.
Active-active bridging and VRRP over IRB support extend multichassis link aggregation
group (MC-LAG) by adding the following functionality:
• Interchassis link (ICL) pseudowire interface or Ethernet interface (ICL-PL field) for
active-active bridging
• Active-active bridging
• MC-LAG is supported only between two chassis, using an interchassis link (ICL)
pseudowire interface or Ethernet interface (ICL-PL field) for active-active bridging, and
active-active bridging VRRP over IRB for active-active bridging.
• For VPLS networks, you can configure the aggregated Ethernet (aeX) interfaces on
MC-LAG devices with the encapsulation ethernet-vpls statement to use Ethernet VPLS
encapsulation on Ethernet interfaces that have VPLS enabled and that must accept
packets carrying standard Tag Protocol ID (TPID) values or the encapsulation vlan-vpls
statement to use Ethernet VLAN encapsulation on VPLS circuits.
• Configuration of the pseudowire status type length variable (TLV) is supported. The
pseudowire status TLV is used to communicate the status of a pseudowire back and
forth between two PE routers. The pseudowire status negotiation process ensures that
a PE router reverts back to the label withdraw method for pseudowire status if its
remote PE router neighbor does not support the pseudowire status TLV.
• The MC-LAG devices use Inter-Chassis Control Protocol (ICCP) to exchange the control
information between two MC-LAG network devices.
Keep the following points in mind when you configure MC-LAG in an active-active bridging
domain:
• A single bridge domain cannot be associated with two redundancy groups. You cannot
configure a bridge domain to contain logical interfaces from two different multichassis
aggregated Ethernet interfaces and associate them with different redundancy group
IDs by using the redundancy group group-id statement at the [edit interfaces aeX
aggregated-ether-options] hierarchy level.
• You must configure logical interfaces in a bridge domain from a single multichassis
aggregated Ethernet interface and associate it with a redundancy group. You must
configure a service ID by including the service-id vid statement at the [edit
bridge-domains bd-name] hierarchy level for multichassis aggregated Ethernet interfaces
if you configure logical interfaces on multichassis aggregated Ethernet interfaces that
are part of the bridge domain.
On an MC-LAG, if you modify the source MAC address to be the virtual MAC address, you
must specify the virtual IP address as the source IP address instead of the physical IP
address. In such a case, the accept-data option is required for VRRP to prevent ARP from
performing an incorrect mapping between IP and MAC addresses for customer edge
(CE) devices. The accept-data attribute is needed for VRRP over IRB interfaces in MC-LAG
to enable OSPF or other Layer 3 protocols and applications to work properly over
multichassis aggregated Ethernet (mc-aeX) interfaces.
The topologies shown in Figure 2 on page 70 and Figure 3 on page 70 are supported.
These figures use the following abbreviations:
ICL
N1 N2
Active Active
ICL
N1 N2
Active Active
MCL2
g017508
AE1
• Bridged core
• Routed multichassis aggregated Ethernet interface, where the VRRP backup router is
used in the edge of the network
• Track object, where in the case of an MC-LAG, the status of the uplinks from the provider
edge can be monitored, and the MC-LAG can act on the status
The topologies shown in Figure 4 on page 71, Figure 5 on page 71, and Figure 6 on page 72
are not supported:
N3
ICL3
N1 N2 g017509
Active Active
N3
ICL2 MCL2
ICL3
N1 N2
g017510
Active Active
ICL
N1 N2 N3
Active Active
g017511
MCL1
When configured to be active-active, the client device load-balances the traffic to the
peering MC-LAG network devices. In a bridging environment, this could potentially cause
the following problems:
• Traffic received on the MC-LAG from one MC-LAG network device could be looped
back to the same MC-LAG on the other MC-LAG network device.
To better illustrate the problems listed, consider Figure 7 on page 73, where an MC-LAG
device MCL1 and single-homed clients ge-0/0/0.0 and ge-1/0/0.0 are allowed to talk
to each other through an ICL.
• Traffic received on network routing instance N1 from MCL1 could be flooded to ICL to
reach network routing instance N2. Once it reaches network routing instance N2, it
could flood again to MCL1.
• Traffic received on interface ge-0/0/0.0 could be flooded to MCL1 and ICL on network
routing instance N1. Once network routing instance N2 receives such traffic from ICL,
it could again be flooded to MCL1.
• If interface ge-1/0/0.0 does not exist on network routing instance N2, traffic received
from interface ge-0/0/0.0 or MCL1 on network routing instance N1 could be flooded
to network routing instance N2 through ICL unnecessarily since interface ge-0/0/0.0
and MCL1 could reach each other through network routing instance N1.
ICL
N1 N2
Active Active
ae0.0 ae0.0
ge-0/0/0.0 MCL1 ge-1/0/0.0
g017512
Advantages of Using Multichassis Link Aggregation Groups
An MC-LAG reduces operational expenses by providing active-active links with a LAG,
eliminates the need for Spanning Tree Protocol (STP), and provides faster Layer 2
convergence upon link and device failures.
An MC-LAG adds node-level redundancy to the normal link-level redundancy that a LAG
provides. An MC-LAG improves network resiliency, which reduces network down time as
well as expenses.
In data centers, it is desirable for servers to have redundant connections to the network.
You probably want active-active connections along with links from any server to at least
two separate routers.
An MC-LAG allows you to bond two or more physical links into a logical link between two
routers or between a server and a router, which improves network efficiency. An MC-LAG
enables you to load-balance traffic on multiple physical links. If a link fails, the traffic can
be forwarded through the other available link, and the logical aggregated link remains in
the UP state.
ICL—Interchassis link.
Based on incoming and outgoing interface types, some constraints are added to the
Layer 2 forwarding rules for MC-LAG configurations, as described in the data traffic
forwarding rules. Note that if only one of the MC-LAG member link is in the UP state, it
is considered an S-Link.
1. When an MC-LAG network receives a packet from a local MC-Link or S-Link, the packet
is forwarded to other local interfaces, including S-Links and MC-Links based on the
normal Layer 2 forwarding rules and on the configuration of the mesh-group and
no-local-switching statements. If MC-Links and S-Links are in the same mesh group
and their no-local-switching statements are enabled, the received packets are only
forwarded upstream and not sent to MC-Links and S-Links.
2. The following circumstances determine whether or not an ICL receives a packet from
a local MC-Link or S-Link:
a. If the peer MC-LAG network device has S-Links or MC-LAGs that do not reside on
the local MC-LAG network device.
b. Whether or not interfaces on two peering MC-LAG network devices are allowed
to talk to each other only if both a. and b. are true. Traffic is always forwarded to
the ICL.
3. When an MC-LAG network receives a packet from the ICL, the packet is forwarded to
all local S-Links and active MC-LAGs that do not exist in the MC-LAG network that
the packet comes from.
4.
NOTE: The topology shown in Figure 8 on page 75 is not supported.
In certain cases, for example the topology shown in Figure 8 on page 75, there could
be a loop caused by the ICL. To break the loop, one of the following mechanisms could
be used:
a. Run certain protocols, such as STP. In this case, whether packets received on one
ICL are forwarded to other ICLs is determined by using Rule 3.
b. Configure the ICL to be fully meshed among the MC-LAG network devices. In this
case, traffic received on the ICL would not be forwarded to any other ICLs.
In either case, duplicate packets could be forwarded to the MC-LAG clients. Consider
the topology shown in Figure 8 on page 75, where if network routing instance N1
receives a packet from ge-0/0/0.0, it could be flooded to ICL1 and ICL3.
When receiving from ICL1 and ICL3, network routing instances N3 and N2 could flood
the same packet to MCL2, as shown in Figure 8 on page 75. To prevent this from
happening, the ICL designated forwarder should be elected between MC-LAG peers,
and traffic received on an ICL could be forwarded to the active-active MC-LAG client
by the designated forwarder only.
N3
ICL3
N1 N2
Active Active
g017513
5. When received from an ICL, traffic should not be forwarded to the core-facing client
link connection between two provider edge (PE) devices (MC-Link) if the peer chassis's
(where the traffic is coming from) MC-Link is UP.
• MAC addresses learned on single-homed customer edge (CE) clients of one MC-LAG
network device should be replicated as learned on the ICL-PL interface of the peer
MC-LAG network device.
• MAC addresses learned on MC-LAG VE clients of one MC-LAG network device should
be replicated as learned on the corresponding VE interface of the peer MC-LAG network
device.
• MAC address learning on an ICL is disabled from the data path. It depends on software
to install MAC addresses replicated through Inter-Chassis Control Protocol (ICCP).
MAC Aging
MAC aging support in Junos OS extends aggregated Ethernet logic for a specified MC-LAG.
A MAC address in software is deleted until all Packet Forwarding Engines have deleted
the MAC address. In the case of an MC-LAG, a remote provider edge is treated as a remote
Packet Forwarding Engine and has a bit in the MAC data structure.
Layer 3 Routing
In general, when an MC-LAG is configured to provide Layer 3 routing functions to
downstream clients, the MC-LAG network peers should be configured to provide the
same gateway address to the downstream clients. To the upstream routers, the MC-LAG
network peers could be viewed as either equal-cost multipath (ECMP) or two routes
with different preference values.
Junos OS supports active-active MC-LAGs by using VRRP over IRB. Junos OS also supports
active-active MC-LAGs by using IRB MAC address synchronization. You must configure
IRB using the same IP address across MC-LAG peers. IRB MAC synchronization is
supported on 32-bit interfaces and interoperates with earlier MPC and MIC releases.
To ensure that Layer 3 operates properly, instead of dropping the Layer 3 packet, the
VRRP backup attempts to perform routing functions if the packet is received on an
MC-LAG. A VRRP backup sends and responds to Address Resolution Protocol (ARP)
requests.
For ARP, the same issue exists as with Layer 2 MAC addresses. Once ARP is learned, it
must be replicated to the MC-LAG through ICCP. The peer must install an ARP route
based on the ARP information received through ICCP.
For ARP aging, ARP requests on the MC-LAG peers can be aged out independently.
The ICL should be configured as a router facing interface. For the scenario where traffic
arrives through a Layer 3 interface, it is a requirement to have PIM and IGMP enabled on
the IRB interface configured on the MC-LAG network device peers.
Uplink 1 Uplink 2
ICCP
N1 N2
ICL
Active Active
ae0.0 ae0.0
ge-0/0/0.0 MCL1 ge-1/0/0.0
g017514
With reference to Figure 9 on page 77, either Device N1 or N2 becomes a designated
router (for this example, N1 is the designated router). Router N1 therefore pulls the
multicast traffic from the core. Once multicast data hits the network Device N1, the data
is forwarded based on the snooping learned route.
For MC-Link clients, data is forwarded through N1. In the case of failover of the MC-Links,
the data reaches the client through N2. For S-Link clients on N1, data would be forwarded
through normal snooping routes.
For S-Link clients on N2, data is forwarded through the ICL interface. Layer 2 multicast
routes on N1 do not show these groups unless there is interest for the same group over
MC-Links or over S-Links on N1. For the IRB scenario, the IGMP membership and Layer 3
multicast route on N1 does however show these groups learned over the IRB interface.
Therefore, for a case where a specific group interest is only on the S-Link on N2, data
arriving on N1 reaches N2 through the default route, and the Layer 2 multicast route on
N2 has the S-Link in the outgoing interface list.
ae1.0 ae1.0
MCL2
ICCP
N1 N2
ICL
Active Active
ae0.0 ae0.0
ge-0/0/0.0 MCL1 ge-1/0/0.0
g017544
In Figure 10 on page 78, MCL1 and MCL2 are on different devices, and the multicast source
or IGMP querier is connected through MCL2. The data forwarding behavior seen is similar
to that explained for multicast topology with source connected through Layer 3.
NOTE: IGMP snooping should not be configured in proxy mode. There should
be no IGMP hosts or IGMP or PIM routers sitting on the ICL interface.
• If the Inter-Chassis Control Protocol (ICCP) connection is UP but the ICL interface goes
DOWN, the router configured as the backup brings down all the multichassis aggregated
Ethernet interfaces shared with the peer that is connected to ICL. This ensures that
there are no loops in the network. Otherwise, both PEs become PIM-designated routers
and, hence, forward multiple copies of the same packet to the customer edge.
• If the ICCP connection is UP and the ICL comes UP, the router configured as the backup
brings up the multichassis aggregated Ethernet interfaces shared with the peer.
• If both the ICCP connection and the ICL are DOWN, the router configured as the backup
brings up the multichassis aggregated Ethernet interfaces shared with the peer.
• The Layer 2 address learn daemon (l2ald) does not store the information about a MAC
address learned from a peer in the kernel. If l2ald restarts, and if the MAC address was
not learned from the local multichassis aggregated Ethernet interface, l2ald clears the
MAC addresses, which causes the router to flood the packets destined to this MAC
address. This behavior is similar to that in a Routing Engine switchover. (Note that
currently l2ald runs on a Routing Engine only when it is a master). Also, during the time
l2ald is DOWN, ARP packets received from an ICCP peer are dropped. ARP retry takes
care of this situation. This is the case with Routing Engine switchover, too.
• If ICCP restarts, l2ald does not identify that a MAC address was learned from a peer
and, if the MAC address was learned only from the peer, that MAC address is deleted,
and the packets destined to this MAC address are flooded.
NOTE: You must configure VRRP on both MC-LAG peers for both the active
and standby members to accept and route packets. Additionally, configure
the VRRP backup router to send and receive ARP requests.
Routing protocols run on the primary IP address of the RVI, and both of the MC-LAG peers
run routing protocols independently. The routing protocols use the primary IP address
of the RVI and the RVI MAC address to communicate with the MC-LAG peers. The RVI
MAC address of each MC-LAG peer is replicated on the other MC-LAG peer and is installed
as a MAC address that has been learned on the ICL-PL.
In many cases, MC-LAG devices are Layer 3 routing devices and perform the default
gateway functionality for hosts that are part of the attached IP subnets. The MC-LAG
device-pair can therefore share the default gateway routing functionality with the VRRP
protocol. The VRRP active-standby operation can be optimized to be an active-active
mode of processing because traffic flowing from an MC-LAG client to an MC-LAG device
is always sent on one of the available links of an MC-LAG and reaches exactly one of the
MC-LAG destination devices. Because of this behavior, both MC-LAG devices in the pair
can be enabled as routers for IP traffic destined to the VRRP destination MAC address.
Both MC-LAG devices must be full members of the routing domain and have routing
entries that allow them to reach the IP destination networks.
The active-active functionality works without changing any VRRP state machine and by
activating the routing function in the forwarding plane of the VRRP backup system (similar
to the VRRP master). The mechanism enables traffic forwarding in Layer 3 to be fully
redundant, leveraging all available link bandwidth. All routers forward traffic and thereby
load-share routed traffic.
• multi-chassis-protection
• peer
Configuring Active-Active Bridging and VRRP over IRB in Multichassis Link Aggregation
on MX Series Routers
The following sections describe the configuration of active-active bridging and VRRP
over IRB in multichassis link aggregation (MC-LAG) on MX Series routers:
Configuring MC-LAG
[edit]
interfaces {
ae0 {
encapsulation ethernet-bridge;
multi-chassis-protection {
peer 10.10.10.10 {
interface ge-0/0/0;
}
}
aggregated-ether-options {
mc-ae {
mode active-active; # see note below
}
}
}
}
If there are n+1 logical interfaces under ae0, from ae0.0 through ae0.n, there are n+1
logical interfaces under ge-0/0/0 as well, from ge-0/0/0.0 through ge-0/0/0.n, each
ge-0/0/0 logical interface is a protection link for the ae0 logical interface.
The interchassis link-protection link (ICL-PL) provides redundancy when a link failure
(for example, an MC-LAG trunk failure) occurs on one of the active links. The ICL-PL is
an aggregated Ethernet interface. You can configure only one ICL-PL between the two
peers, although you can configure multiple MC-LAGs between them.
The ICL-PL assumes interface ge-0/0/0.0 is used to protect interface ae0.0 of MC-LAG-1:
[edit]
interfaces {
ae0 {
....
unit 0 {
multi-chassis-protection {
peer 10.10.10.10 {
interface ge-0/0/0.0;
}
....
}
...
}
}
}
The protection interface can be an Ethernet type interface such as ge, or xe, or an
aggregated Ethernet (ae) interface.
[edit]
multi-chassis {
multi-chassis-protection {
peer 10.10.10.10 {
interface ge-0/0/0;
}
}
}
This example specifies interface ge-0/0/0 as the multichassis protection interface for
all the multichassis aggregated Ethernet interfaces which are also part of the peer. This
can be overridden by specifying protection at the physical interface level and the logical
interface level.
You must configure the same unique network-wide configuration for a service in the set
of PE routers providing the service. You can configure the service IDs under the level of
the hierarchies shown in the following examples:
}
routing-instances {
r1 {
switch-options {
service-id 10;
}
bridge-domains {
bd0 {
service-id 2;
}
}
}
}
The bridge-level service ID is required to link related bridge domains across peers, and
should be configured with the same value. The service-id values share the name space
across all bridging and routing instances, and across peers. Thus, duplicate values for
service IDs are not permitted across these entities.
The service ID at the bridge domain level is mandatory for type non-single VLAN bridge
domains. The service ID is optional for bridge domains with a VID defined. If no service
ID is defined in the latter case, it is picked up from the service ID configuration for that
routing instance.
NOTE: When this default routing instance (or any other routing instance)
which contains a bridge domain containing an multichassis aggregated
Ethernet interface is configured, you must configure a global level
switch-options service-id number, irrespective of whether the contained bridge
domains have specific service IDs configured.
In the sample illustration shown in Figure 11 on page 84, network routing instances N1 and
N2, both for the same service ID, are configured with same service-ID in both N1 and N2.
Use of a name string instead of a number is not supported.
Figure 11: N1 and N2 for the Same Service with Same Service ID
ICL
N1 N2
Active Active
ae0.0 ae0.0
ge-0/0/0.0 MCL1 ge-1/0/0.0
g017512
The following configuration restrictions apply:
• The service ID must be configured when the multichassis aggregated Ethernet interface
is configured and a multichassis aggregated Ethernet logical interface is part of a bridge
domain. This requirement is enforced.
Figure 12: Bridge Domain with Logical Interfaces from Two Multichassis
Aggregated Ethernet Interfaces
ICL
N1 N2 N3
MCL1 MCL2
g017515
To display the multichassis aggregated Ethernet configuration, use the show interfaces
mc-ae command. For more information, see the CLI Explorer.
Supported Platforms
multicast-router-interface;
}
}
}
Related • Active-Active Bridging and VRRP over IRB Functionality on MX Series Routers Overview
Documentation on page 68
• multi-chassis-protection
• peer
You can use the bridge-domain statement's service-id option to specify the multichassis
aggregated Ethernet configuration.
• The service-id statement is mandatory for non-single VLAN type bridge domains (none,
all or vlan-id-tags:dual).
• If no service-id is defined in the latter case, it is picked up from the round-trip time’s
(RTT's) service-id configuration.
• The bridge-level service-id is required to link related bridge domains across peers, and
should be configured with the same value.
• The service-id values share the name space across all bridging and routing instances,
and across peers. Thus, duplicate service-id values are not permitted across these
entities.
multicast-snooping-options {
...
multichassis-lag-replicate-state; # REQUIRED
}
protocols {
igmp-snooping {
interface icl-intf-name {
multicast-router-interface;
}
}
}
Related • IGMP Snooping in MC-LAG Active-Active on MX Series Routers Overview on page 127
Documentation
• Example: Configuring IGMP Snooping
• igmp-snooping
• multicast-router-interface
Example: Configuring DHCP Relay on MC- LAG with VRRP on an EX9200 Switch
This example shows how you can configure DHCP relay on EX9200 switches with the
Multichassis Link Aggregation (MC-LAG) feature using the Virtual Router Redundancy
Protocol (VRRP).
• Requirements on page 87
• Overview on page 87
• Configuration on page 88
• Overwriting Address Information on page 90
• Verification on page 91
Requirements
This example uses the following hardware and software components:
Before you configure DHCP relay, be sure that you understand how to:
• Configure MC-LAG and verify that MC-LAG and ICCP is up and running
To complete the configuration, enable VRRP by completing the following steps for each
MC-LAG:
• Create a VRRP group and assign a virtual IP address that is shared between each switch
in the VRRP group
• Enable a member of a VRRP group to accept all packets destined for the virtual IP
address if it is the master in the VRRP group
Overview
In this example, you configure DHCP relay with MC-LAG across two switches, consisting
of two EX9200 switches, an interchassis control link-protection link (ICL-PL), multichassis
protection link for the ICL-PL, ICCP for the peers hosting the MC-LAG, and Layer 3
connectivity between MC-LAG peers. Layer 3 connectivity is required for ICCP.
Topology
Configuration
CLI Quick To quickly configure this example, copy the following commands, paste them in a text
Configuration file, remove any line breaks, change any details necessary to match your network
configuration, and paste the commands into the CLI at the [edit forwarding-options]
hierarchy level of Switch A.
[edit]
set forwarding-options dhcp-relay forward-snooped-clients all-interfaces
set forwarding-options dhcp-relay server-group GVP-DHCP 10.168.61.5
set forwarding-options dhcp-relay overrides allow-snooped-clients
set forwarding-options dhcp-relay active-server-group GVP-DHCP
set forwarding-options dhcp-relay group Floor1 interface irb.2540
set forwarding-options dhcp-relay route-suppression destination
To quickly configure this example, copy the following commands, paste them in a text
file, remove any line breaks, change any details necessary to match your network
configuration, and paste the commands into the CLI at the [edit forwarding-options]
hierarchy level of Switch B.
[edit]
set forwarding-options dhcp-relay forward-snooped-clients all-interfaces
set forwarding-options dhcp-relay server-group GVP-DHCP 10.168.61.5
set forwarding-options dhcp-relay overrides allow-snooped-clients
set forwarding-options dhcp-relay active-server-group GVP-DHCP
set forwarding-options dhcp-relay group Floor1 interface irb.2540
set forwarding-options dhcp-relay route-suppression destination
Results
root@CORE-A# show
dhcp-relay {
forward-snooped-clients all-interfaces;
overrides {
allow-snooped-clients;
}
server-group {
GVP-DHCP {
10.168.61.5;
}
active-server-group GVP-DHCP;
group Floor1 {
interface irb.2540;
}
root@CORE-B# show
dhcp-relay {
forward-snooped-clients all-interfaces;
overrides {
allow-snooped-clients;
}
server-group {
GVP-DHCP {
10.168.61.5;
}
active-server-group GVP-DHCP;
group Floor1 {
interface irb.2540;
}
Verification
Purpose To check whether address bindings in the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)
client table are being displayed.
Meaning The field State indicates the state of DHCP relay address binding table on the DHCP
client. The state BOUND indicates that the client has an active IP address lease.
Messages sent:
BOOTREPLY 0
DHCPOFFER 0
DHCPACK 0
DHCPNAK 0
DHCPFORCERENEW 0
Meaning The field Total displays the total number of packets discarded by the extended DHCP
relay agent application.
You can configure the link switchover in two modes: revertive and nonrevertive. In revertive
mode, the link switchover is triggered automatically while in nonrevertive mode the link
switchover should be triggered manually by the user. You can also configure a revert time
that triggers an automatic or manual switchover when the specified timer expires.
For nonrevertive mode, you can manually trigger a link switchover using the request
interface mc-ae switchover operational mode command.
NOTE:
• If two MC-LAG devices configured in an active-standby setup using
Interchassis Control Protocol (ICCP) and nonrevertive swithcover mode
is configured on the aggregated Ethernet interfaces of both the MC-LAGs
and when both mc-ae interfaces are linked together with Layer 2 circuit
local-switching configuration, we recommend that you perform switchover
by entering the request interface mc-ae switchover (immediate mcae-id
mcae-id | mcae-id mcae-id) operational mode command only on one of the
aggregated Ethernet interfaces of an MC-LAG device. This command can
be issued only on MC-LAG devices that are configured as active nodes (by
using the status-control active statement at the [edit interfaces aeX
aggregated-ether-options mc-ae] hierarchy level).
You can use the show interfaces mc-ae revertive-info command to view the switchover
configuration information.
Related • Active-Active Bridging and VRRP over IRB Functionality on MX Series Routers Overview
Documentation on page 68
• Configuring Active-Active Bridging and VRRP over IRB in Multichassis Link Aggregation
on MX Series Routers on page 80
This example shows how to configure a multichassis link aggregation group (MC-LAG)
in an active-active scenario, which load balances traffic across the PEs.
• Requirements on page 94
• Overview on page 94
• Configuring the PE Routers on page 96
• Configuring the CE Device on page 103
• Configuring the Provider Router on page 105
• Verification on page 108
Requirements
This example uses the following hardware and software components:
Overview
Consider a sample topology in which a customer edge router, CE, is connected to two
provider edge (PE) routers, PE1 and PE2, respectively. The two PE devices each have a
link aggregation group (LAG) connected to the CE device. The configured mode is active
-active, meaning that both PE routers’ LAG ports are active and carrying traffic at the
same time. PE1 and PE2 are connected to a single service provider router, P.
In this example, the CE router is not aware that its aggregated Ethernet links are connected
to two separate PE devices. The two PE devices each have a LAG connected to the CE
device. The configured mode is active-active, meaning that both PE routers’ LAG ports
are active and carrying traffic at the same time.
In Figure 13 on page 96, from the perspective of Router CE, all four ports belonging to a
LAG are connected to a single service provider device. Because the configured mode is
active-active, all four ports are active, and the CE device load-balances the traffic to the
peering PE devices. On the PE routers, a regular LAG is configured facing the CE device.
On one end of an MC-LAG is an MC-LAG client device, such as a server, that has one or
more physical links in a LAG. This client device does not need to detect the MC-LAG. On
the other side of an MC-LAG are two MC-LAG routers. Each of the routers has one or
more physical links connected to a single client device. The routers coordinate with each
other to ensure that data traffic is forwarded properly.
ICCP messages are sent between the two PE devices. In this example, you configure an
MC-LAG across two routers, consisting of two aggregated Ethernet interfaces, an
interchassis link-protection link (ICL-PL), multichassis protection link for the ICL-PL, and
ICCP for the peers hosting the MC-LAG.
Topology Diagram
PE1
CE ICL ICCP P
Sender/Receiver Sender/Receiver
PE2
g041104
Sender/Receiver
Step-by-Step The following example requires you to navigate various levels in the configuration
Procedure hierarchy. For information about navigating the CLI, see Using the CLI Editor in Configuration
Mode in the CLI User Guide.
[edit chassis]
user@PE1# set aggregated-devices ethernet device-count 5
[edit interfaces]
user@PE1# set ge-1/0/1 gigether-options 802.3ad ae1
user@PE1# set ge-1/0/6 gigether-options 802.3ad ae0
3. Configure the interfaces that connect to senders or receivers, the ICL interfaces,
and the ICCP interfaces.
[edit interfaces]
user@PE1# set ge-1/1/1 flexible-vlan-tagging
user@PE1# set ge-1/1/1 encapsulation flexible-ethernet-services
user@PE1# set ge-1/1/1 unit 0 encapsulation vlan-bridge
user@PE1# set ge-1/1/1 unit 0 vlan-id-range 100-110
user@PE1# set ge-1/1/4 flexible-vlan-tagging
user@PE1# set ge-1/1/4 encapsulation flexible-ethernet-services
user@PE1# set ge-1/1/4 unit 0 encapsulation vlan-bridge
The chassis-id statement is used by LACP for calculating the port number of the
MC-LAG's physical member links. Router PE1 uses chassid-id 1 to identify both its
ae0 and ae1 interfaces. Router PE2 (as shown in “Router PE2” on page 97) uses
chassis-id 0 to identify both its ae0 and ae1 interfaces.
The ports within a bridge domain share the same flooding or broadcast
characteristics in order to perform Layer 2 bridging.
[edit switch-options]
user@PE1# set service-id 10
You must configure the same unique network-wide configuration for a service in
the set of PE routers providing the service. This service ID is required if the
multichassis aggregated Ethernet interfaces are part of a bridge domain.
Results
From configuration mode, confirm your configuration by entering the show bridge-domains,
show chassis, show interfaces, show protocols, and show switch-options commands. If
the output does not display the intended configuration, repeat the instructions in this
example to correct the configuration.
lacp {
active;
system-priority 100;
system-id 00:00:00:00:00:05;
admin-key 1;
}
mc-ae {
mc-ae-id 5;
redundancy-group 10;
chassis-id 1;
mode active-active;
status-control active;
}
}
unit 0 {
encapsulation vlan-bridge;
vlan-id-range 100-110;
multi-chassis-protection 100.100.100.2 {
interface ge-1/1/4.0;
}
}
}
ae1 {
flexible-vlan-tagging;
encapsulation flexible-ethernet-services;
aggregated-ether-options {
lacp {
active;
system-priority 100;
system-id 00:00:00:00:00:05;
admin-key 1;
}
mc-ae {
mc-ae-id 10;
redundancy-group 10;
chassis-id 1;
mode active-active;
status-control active;
}
}
unit 0 {
encapsulation vlan-bridge;
vlan-id-range 100-110;
multi-chassis-protection 100.100.100.2 {
interface ge-1/1/4.0;
}
}
}
}
}
}
If you are done configuring the device, enter commit from configuration mode.
Repeat the procedure for Router PE2, using the appropriate interface names and
addresses.
Step-by-Step The following example requires you to navigate various levels in the configuration
Procedure hierarchy. For information about navigating the CLI, see Using the CLI Editor in Configuration
Mode in the CLI User Guide.
[edit chassis]
user@CE# set aggregated-devices ethernet device-count 2
[edit interfaces]
user@CE# set ge-2/0/2 gigether-options 802.3ad ae0
user@CE# set ge-2/0/3 gigether-options 802.3ad ae0
For the system-priority statement, a smaller value indicates a higher priority. The
device with the lower system priority value determines which links between LACP
partner devices are active and which are in standby mode for each LACP group. The
device on the controlling end of the link uses port priorities to determine which ports
are bundled into the aggregated bundle and which ports are put in standby mode.
Port priorities on the other device (the noncontrolling end of the link) are ignored.
The ports within a bridge domain share the same flooding or broadcast
characteristics in order to perform Layer 2 bridging.
Results
From configuration mode, confirm your configuration by entering the show bridge-domains,
show chassis, and show interfaces commands. If the output does not display the intended
configuration, repeat the instructions in this example to correct the configuration.
aggregated-devices {
ethernet {
device-count 2;
}
}
If you are done configuring the device, enter commit from configuration mode.
Step-by-Step The following example requires you to navigate various levels in the configuration
Procedure hierarchy. For information about navigating the CLI, see Using the CLI Editor in Configuration
Mode in the CLI User Guide.
[edit chassis]
user@P# set aggregated-devices ethernet device-count 2
[edit interfaces]
user@P# set ge-1/0/5 gigether-options 802.3ad ae1
user@P# set ge-1/0/11 gigether-options 802.3ad ae1
Results
From configuration mode, confirm your configuration by entering the show bridge-domains,
show chassis, and show interfaces commands. If the output does not display the intended
configuration, repeat the instructions in this example to correct the configuration.
If you are done configuring the device, enter commit from configuration mode.
Verification
Confirm that the configuration is working properly by running the following commands:
• show iccp
Related • Active-Active Bridging and VRRP over IRB Functionality on MX Series Routers Overview
Documentation on page 68
• Configuring Active-Active Bridging and VRRP over IRB in Multichassis Link Aggregation
on MX Series Routers on page 80
This example illustrates how to configure a multichassis link aggregation group (MC-LAG)
in an active-active scenario on logical systems within MX Series routers.
Requirements
This example uses the following hardware and software components:
Overview
Consider a sample topology in which a customer edge router, CE, is connected to two
provider edge (PE) routers, PE1 and PE2, respectively. CE is configured with a logical
system, LS3. PE1 is configured with a logical system, LS1, and PE2 is configured with a
logical system, LS2. LS1 and LS2 on the two PE devices each have a LAG connected to
the CE device. The configured mode is active -active, meaning that both PE routers’ LAG
ports are active and carrying traffic at the same time. PE1 and PE2 are connected to a
single service provider router, P.
In this example, the logical system on the CE router is not aware that its aggregated
Ethernet links are connected to two separate PE devices. LS1 and LS2 on the two PE
devices each have a LAG connected to LS3 on the CE device. The configured mode is
active-active, meaning that both PE routers’ LAG ports are active and carrying traffic at
the same time.
In Figure 13 on page 96, from the perspective of Router CE, all four ports belonging to a
LAG are connected to a single service provider device. Because the configured mode is
active-active, all four ports are active, and LS3 on the CE device load-balances the traffic
to the peering PE devices. On the PE routers, a regular LAG is configured facing the CE
device.
On one end of an MC-LAG is an MC-LAG client device, such as a server, that has one or
more physical links in a link aggregation group (LAG). This client device does not need
to detect the MC-LAG. On the other side of an MC-LAG are two MC-LAG routers. Each
of the routers has one or more physical links connected to a single client device. The
routers coordinate with each other to ensure that data traffic is forwarded properly.
ICCP messages are sent between the two logical systems, LS1 and LS2, of the PE devices.
In this example, you configure an MC-LAG across two switches, consisting of two
aggregated Ethernet interfaces, an interchassis control link-protection link (ICL-PL),
multichassis protection link for the ICL-PL, and ICCP for the peers hosting the MC-LAG.
As a best practice, we recommend that you configure the ICCP and ICL interfaces over
aggregated Ethernet interfaces instead of other interfaces such as Gigabit Ethernet
interfaces, depending on your topology requirements and framework. You must disable
RSTP on the ICL-PL interfaces for an MC-LAG in an active-active bridging domain.
Topology Diagram
Figure 13 on page 96 shows the topology used in this example. The interface ge-1/0/2
functions as the ICCP link between the two PE devices, interface ge-1/1/1 is the ICL-PL
link, and interface ge-1/1/4 is the link that connects to the server or the MC- LAG client
device. In the following figure, the logical systems, LS1 and LS2, on the PE devices, PE1
and PE2, are not explicitly displayed. Similarly, LS3 on the CE device is not shown in the
illustration. However, the three logical systems are configured on the corresponding
devices.
PE1
CE ICL ICCP P
Sender/Receiver Sender/Receiver
PE2
g041104
Sender/Receiver
Step-by-Step The following example requires you to navigate various levels in the configuration
Procedure hierarchy. For information about navigating the CLI, see Using the CLI Editor in Configuration
Mode in the CLI User Guide.
[edit chassis]
user@PE1# set aggregated-devices ethernet device-count 5
3. Configure the interfaces that connect to senders or receivers, the ICL interfaces,
and the ICCP interfaces.
The chassis-id statement is used by LACP for calculating the port number of the
MC-LAG's physical member links. LS1 of Router PE1 uses chassid-id 1 to identify both
its ae0 and ae1 interfaces. LS2 of Router PE2 (as shown in “Router PE2” on page 97)
uses chassis-id 0 to identify both its ae0 and ae1 interfaces.
The ports within a bridge domain share the same flooding or broadcast
characteristics in order to perform Layer 2 bridging.
You must configure the same unique network-wide configuration for a service in
the set of PE routers providing the service. This service ID is required if the
multichassis aggregated Ethernet interfaces are part of a bridge domain.
[edit chassis]
user@PE2# set aggregated-devices ethernet device-count 5
3. Configure the interfaces that connect to senders or receivers, the ICL interfaces,
and the ICCP interfaces.
The chassis-id statement is used by LACP for calculating the port number of the
MC-LAG's physical member links. LS1 of Router PE1 uses chassid-id 1 to identify both
its ae0 and ae1 interfaces. LS2 of Router PE2 uses chassis-id 0 to identify both its
ae0 and ae1 interfaces.
The ports within a bridge domain share the same flooding or broadcast
characteristics in order to perform Layer 2 bridging.
You must configure the same unique network-wide configuration for a service in
the set of PE routers providing the service. This service ID is required if the
multichassis aggregated Ethernet interfaces are part of a bridge domain.
Results
From configuration mode, confirm your configuration by entering the show bridge-domains,
, show interfaces, show protocols, and show switch-options commands at the [edit
logical-systems LS1] hierarchy level, and the show chassis command at the [edit] hierarchy
level. If the output does not display the intended configuration, repeat the instructions
in this example to correct the configuration.
[edit]
user@PE1# show chassis
aggregated-devices {
ethernet {
device-count 5;
}
}
redundancy-group 10;
chassis-id 1;
mode active-active;
status-control active;
}
}
unit 0 {
encapsulation vlan-bridge;
vlan-id-range 100-110;
multi-chassis-protection 100.100.100.2 {
interface ge-1/1/4.0;
}
}
}
ae1 {
flexible-vlan-tagging;
encapsulation flexible-ethernet-services;
aggregated-ether-options {
lacp {
active;
system-priority 100;
system-id 00:00:00:00:00:05;
admin-key 1;
}
mc-ae {
mc-ae-id 10;
redundancy-group 10;
chassis-id 1;
mode active-active;
status-control active;
}
}
unit 0 {
encapsulation vlan-bridge;
vlan-id-range 100-110;
multi-chassis-protection 100.100.100.2 {
interface ge-1/1/4.0;
}
}
}
If you are done configuring the device, enter commit from configuration mode.
Repeat the procedure for LS2 of Router PE2, using the appropriate interface names and
addresses.
Router CE
Step-by-Step The following example requires you to navigate various levels in the configuration
Procedure hierarchy. For information about navigating the CLI, see Using the CLI Editor in Configuration
Mode in the CLI User Guide.
[edit chassis]
user@CE# set aggregated-devices ethernet device-count 2
For the system-priority statement, a smaller value indicates a higher priority. The
device with the lower system priority value determines which links between LACP
partner devices are active and which are in standby mode for each LACP group. The
device on the controlling end of the link uses port priorities to determine which ports
are bundled into the aggregated bundle and which ports are put in standby mode.
Port priorities on the other device (the noncontrolling end of the link) are ignored.
The ports within a bridge domain share the same flooding or broadcast
characteristics in order to perform Layer 2 bridging.
Results
From configuration mode, confirm your configuration by entering the show bridge-domains
and show interfaces commands at the [edit logical-systems LS3] hierarchy level, and the
show chassis command at the [edit] hierarchy level. If the output does not display the
intended configuration, repeat the instructions in this example to correct the configuration.
[edit]
user@CE# show chassis
aggregated-devices {
ethernet {
device-count 2;
}
}
If you are done configuring the device, enter commit from configuration mode.
Router P
Step-by-Step The following example requires you to navigate various levels in the configuration
Procedure hierarchy. For information about navigating the CLI, see Using the CLI Editor in Configuration
Mode in the CLI User Guide.
To configure Router P:
[edit chassis]
user@P# set aggregated-devices ethernet device-count 2
[edit interfaces]
user@P# set ge-1/0/5 gigether-options 802.3ad ae1
user@P# set ge-1/0/11 gigether-options 802.3ad ae1
Results
From configuration mode, confirm your configuration by entering the show bridge-domains,
show chassis, and show interfaces commands. If the output does not display the intended
configuration, repeat the instructions in this example to correct the configuration.
If you are done configuring the device, enter commit from configuration mode.
Verification
Confirm that the configuration is working properly by running the following commands:
• show iccp
• State synchronization between peers for IGMP snooping in a bridge domain with only
Layer 2 interfaces
• Qualified learning
• MC-LAG support for IGMP snooping in bridge domains doing qualified learning
Typically Supported Network Topology for IGMP Snooping with MC-LAG Active-Active Bridging
Figure 15 on page 129 depicts a typical network topology over which IGMP snooping with
MC-LAG active-active is supported.
I1 I2
ICCP
Primary Secondary
active active
Interchassis link
IRB IRB
ae0.0 ae0.1
ae0.1 ae0.0
Multichassis
link
I4 I3
g017533
Host
Interfaces I3 and I4 are single-homed interfaces. The multichassis links (MC-Link) ae0.0
and ae0.1 belong to the same bridge domain in both the chassis. Interfaces I3, ae0.0 and
ae0.1 are in the same bridge domain in S-A. Interfaces I4, ae0.0 and ae0.1 are in the same
bridge domain in the primary active (P-A) router. Interfaces I3, I4, ae0.0 and ae0.1 are in
the same learning domain as is the interchassis link (ICL) connecting the two chassis.
The primary active router is the chassis in which the integrated routing and bridging has
become PIM-DR. The secondary active router is the chassis in which integrated routing
and bridging is not PIM DR. Router P-A is the chassis responsible for pulling traffic from
the IP core. Hence, PIM-DR election is used to avoid duplication of data traffic.
For the IGMP speakers (hosts and routers) in the learning domain, P-A and S-A together
should appear as one device with interfaces I4, I3, ae0.0 and ae0.1.
No duplicate control packets should be sent on multichassis links, meaning the control
packet should be sent through only one link.
• The membership state and routing entry in snooping is updated when reports are
received on the remote legs of a multichassis link.
NOTE:
• When reports are received on S-links attached to the remote chassis, the
membership state or routing entry in snooping is not updated.
• The list of <s,g>s for which the state is maintained is the same in both the
chassis under snooping as long as the outgoing interface lists involve only
multichassis links.
Data Forwarding
This discussion assumes integrated routing and bridging on P-A is the PIM-DR. It pulls
the traffic from sources in the core. Traffic might also come on Layer 2 interfaces in the
bridge domain. For hosts directly connected to the P-A chassis, there is no change in the
way data is delivered.
For delivering traffic to hosts connected to S-A (which is the non-DR) on the single-homed
link like I3, we rely on interchassis link. The traffic that hits P-A is sent over ICL to S-A to
be delivered to the links that have reported interests in s,g and the links that are router
facing.
When ae0 leg in P-A goes down, the hosts connected to the multichassis link will receive
traffic via ICL. In S-A, traffic received on ICL is sent to multichassis links in the outgoing
interface list for which the ae counterpart in P-A is down.
U1 U2
PIM-DR
I10
I2
I1
I7 I8
ICCP
Primary Interchassis link 1 Secondary
active active
Interchassis link 2
g017534
ae0.0 ae0.1
ae0.1 ae0.0
Multichassis
link
I3 I5 I4 I6 I9
Host
Qualified Learning
In this application, interfaces I1, I2, I3, I4, I5, I6, I7, I8, I9 and I10 are single-homed interfaces.
The multichassis links ae0.0 and ae0.1 belong to the same bridge domain in both the
chassis. Interfaces I10, I1,I7,I3,I5, ae0.0 and ae0.1 are in same bridge domain, bd1 in P-A.
Interfaces I9, I2,I8,I4,I6, ae0.0 and ae0.1 are in same bridge domain, bd1 in S-A.
For the IGMP speakers (hosts and routers) in the same learning domain ld1, P-A and S-A
linked should appear to be one switch.
For the IGMP speakers (hosts and routers) in the same learning domain ld2, P-A and S-A
linked should appear to be one switch.
Since there are no multichassis links in learning domain ld3, for the IGMP speakers (hosts
and routers) in learning domain ld3, P-A and S-A will not appear to be one switch.
This discussion assumes interchassis link ICL1 corresponds to learning domain ld1 and
interchassis link ICL2 corresponds to learning domain ld2.
Control packet flow is supported, with the exception of passing information to IRB.
For delivering traffic to hosts connected to router S-A (which is the non-DR) on the
single-homed link like I2, I4 (belonging to ld1), we rely on ICL1. The traffic that hits router
P-A on interface I1 is sent over interchassis link ICL1 to router S-A to be delivered to the
links that have reported interests in s,g or the links that are router facing in learning domain
ld1.
When the interface ae0 leg in router P-A goes down, the hosts connected to the
multichassis link receive traffic from interface I1 via the interchassis link ICL1. In router
S-A, traffic received on interchassis link ICL1 is sent to multichassis links in the outgoing
interface list for which the aggregated Ethernet counterpart in router P-A is down.
It is further assumed that interface I9 in router S-A belongs to the learning domain ld3
with interests in s,g, and that interface I10 in learning domain ld3 in router P-A receives
traffic for s,g. Interface I9 does not receive data in this topology because there are no
multichassis links (in a-a mode) and hence no interchassis link in learning domain ld3.
Synchronization of the static groups on single homed interfaces between the chassis is
not supported, however the addition of logical interfaces to the default outgoing interface
list supports traffic delivery to the interface within a static configuration.
Reports should exit only once from the multichassis link, that is from only one leg.
• Non-proxy snooping
• Logical interfaces must be outgoing interfaces for all routes including the default route
• igmp-snooping
• multicast-router-interface
This example shows how to configure Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP)
snooping for uninterrupted traffic flow on MX Series routers with a multichassis link
aggregation group (MC-LAG) in an active-active scenario.
Requirements
This example uses the following hardware and software components:
Before you begin, make sure that Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) and IGMP are
running on all interfaces that will receive multicast packets. IGMP is automatically enabled
on all IPv4 interfaces on which you configure PIM.
Overview
When links are aggregated, the links can be treated as if they were a single link. Link
aggregation increases bandwidth, provides graceful degradation as failure occurs, and
increases availability. MC-LAG provides redundant Layer 2 access connectivity at the
node level. This enables two or more systems to share a common LAG endpoint. The
multiple end points present a single logical chassis to the start point, and the start node
does not need to be aware that MC-LAG is being used.
In this example, the CE router is not aware that its aggregated Ethernet links are connected
to two separate PE devices. The two PE devices each have a LAG connected to the CE
device. The configured mode is active-active, meaning that both PE routers’ LAG ports
are active and carrying traffic at the same time.
NOTE: The other possible mode is active-standby, in which one of the router’s
ports only becomes active when failure is detected in the active links. In
active-standby mode, the PE routers perform an election to determine the
active and standby routers.
In Figure 17 on page 135, from the perspective of the router CE, all four ports belonging to
a LAG are connected to a single service provider device. Because the configured mode
is active-active, all four ports are active, and the CE device load-balances the traffic to
the peering PE devices. On the PE routers, a regular LAG is configured facing the CE device.
Inter-Chassis Control Protocol (ICCP) messages are sent between the two PE devices.
These messages exchange MC-LAG configuration parameters and ensure that both
chassis use the correct Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) parameters when
talking to the CE device.
The interchassis link-protection link (ICL) provides redundancy when a link failure occurs
on one of the active links. The ICL-PL between the MC-LAG peering devices relays traffic
that would otherwise be dropped due to a link failure.
Topology Diagram
PE1
CE ICL ICCP P
Sender/Receiver Sender/Receiver
PE2
g041104
Sender/Receiver
Step-by-Step The following example requires you to navigate various levels in the configuration
Procedure hierarchy. For information about navigating the CLI, see Using the CLI Editor in Configuration
Mode in the CLI User Guide.
[edit chassis]
[edit interfaces]
user@PE1# set ge-1/0/1 gigether-options 802.3ad ae1
user@PE1# set ge-1/0/6 gigether-options 802.3ad ae0
3. Configure the interfaces that connect to multicast senders or receivers, the ICL
interfaces, and the ICCP interfaces.
[edit interfaces]
user@PE1# set ge-1/1/1 flexible-vlan-tagging
user@PE1# set ge-1/1/1 encapsulation flexible-ethernet-services
user@PE1# set ge-1/1/1 unit 0 encapsulation vlan-bridge
user@PE1# set ge-1/1/1 unit 0 vlan-id-range 100-110
user@PE1# set ge-1/1/4 flexible-vlan-tagging
user@PE1# set ge-1/1/4 encapsulation flexible-ethernet-services
user@PE1# set ge-1/1/4 unit 0 encapsulation vlan-bridge
user@PE1# set ge-1/1/4 unit 0 vlan-id-range 100-110
user@PE1# set ge-1/0/2 unit 0 family inet address 100.100.100.1/30
The chassis-id statement is used by LACP for calculating the port number of the
MC-LAG's physical member links. Router PE1 uses chassid-id 1 to identify both its
ae0 and ae1 interfaces. Router PE2 (as shown in “Router PE2” on page 97) uses
chassis-id 0 to identify both its ae0 and ae1 interfaces.
The ports within a bridge domain share the same flooding or broadcast
characteristics in order to perform Layer 2 bridging.
8. At the global level and also in the bridge domain, replicate IGMP join and leave
messages from the active link to the standby link of a dual-link MC-LAG interface,
to enable faster recovery of membership information after failover.
[edit multicast-snooping-options]
user@PE1# set multichassis-lag-replicate-state
[edit switch-options]
user@PE1# set service-id 10
You must configure the same unique network-wide configuration for a service in
the set of PE routers providing the service. This service ID is required if the
multichassis aggregated Ethernet interfaces are part of a bridge domain.
Results
From configuration mode, confirm your configuration by entering the show bridge-domains,
show chassis, show interfaces, show multicast-snooping-options, show protocols, and
show switch-options commands. If the output does not display the intended configuration,
repeat the instructions in this example to correct the configuration.
vlan 101 {
interface ge-1/1/4.0 {
multicast-router-interface;
}
}
vlan 200 {
interface ge-1/1/4.0 {
multicast-router-interface;
}
}
}
}
}
encapsulation flexible-ethernet-services;
aggregated-ether-options {
lacp {
active;
system-priority 100;
system-id 00:00:00:00:00:05;
admin-key 1;
}
mc-ae {
mc-ae-id 5;
redundancy-group 10;
chassis-id 1;
mode active-active;
status-control active;
}
}
unit 0 {
encapsulation vlan-bridge;
vlan-id-range 100-110;
multi-chassis-protection 100.100.100.2 {
interface ge-1/1/4.0;
}
}
}
ae1 {
flexible-vlan-tagging;
encapsulation flexible-ethernet-services;
aggregated-ether-options {
lacp {
active;
system-priority 100;
system-id 00:00:00:00:00:05;
admin-key 1;
}
mc-ae {
mc-ae-id 10;
redundancy-group 10;
chassis-id 1;
mode active-active;
status-control active;
}
}
unit 0 {
encapsulation vlan-bridge;
vlan-id-range 100-110;
multi-chassis-protection 100.100.100.2 {
interface ge-1/1/4.0;
}
}
}
peer 100.100.100.2 {
redundancy-group-id-list 10;
liveness-detection {
minimum-interval 1000;
}
}
}
If you are done configuring the device, enter commit from configuration mode.
Repeat the procedure for Router PE2, using the appropriate interface names and
addresses.
Step-by-Step The following example requires you to navigate various levels in the configuration
Procedure hierarchy. For information about navigating the CLI, see Using the CLI Editor in Configuration
Mode in the CLI User Guide.
[edit chassis]
user@CE# set aggregated-devices ethernet device-count 2
[edit interfaces]
user@CE# set ge-2/0/2 gigether-options 802.3ad ae0
user@CE# set ge-2/0/3 gigether-options 802.3ad ae0
For the system-priority statement, a smaller value indicates a higher priority. The
device with the lower system priority value determines which links between LACP
partner devices are active and which are in standby mode for each LACP group. The
device on the controlling end of the link uses port priorities to determine which ports
are bundled into the aggregated bundle and which ports are put in standby mode.
Port priorities on the other device (the noncontrolling end of the link) are ignored.
The ports within a bridge domain share the same flooding or broadcast
characteristics in order to perform Layer 2 bridging.
Results
From configuration mode, confirm your configuration by entering the show bridge-domains,
show chassis, and show interfaces commands. If the output does not display the intended
configuration, repeat the instructions in this example to correct the configuration.
vlan-id all;
interface ge-2/1/6.0;
interface ae0.0;
}
If you are done configuring the device, enter commit from configuration mode.
Step-by-Step The following example requires you to navigate various levels in the configuration
Procedure hierarchy. For information about navigating the CLI, see Using the CLI Editor in Configuration
Mode in the CLI User Guide.
To configure router P:
[edit chassis]
user@P# set aggregated-devices ethernet device-count 2
[edit interfaces]
user@P# set ge-1/0/5 gigether-options 802.3ad ae1
user@P# set ge-1/0/11 gigether-options 802.3ad ae1
Results
From configuration mode, confirm your configuration by entering the show bridge-domains,
show chassis, and show interfaces commands. If the output does not display the intended
configuration, repeat the instructions in this example to correct the configuration.
}
unit 0 {
encapsulation vlan-bridge;
vlan-id-range 100-110;
}
}
If you are done configuring the device, enter commit from configuration mode.
Verification
Confirm that the configuration is working properly by running the following commands:
• show iccp
Related • IGMP Snooping in MC-LAG Active-Active on MX Series Routers Overview on page 127
Documentation
• Configuring IGMP Snooping in MC-LAG Active-Active on MX Series Routers on page 85
Example: Configuring Multichassis Link Aggregation for Layer 3 Multicast Using VRRP
on EX9200 Switches
There are two methods for enabling Layer 3 multicast functionality across a multichassis
link aggregation group (MC-LAG). You can choose either to configure Virtual Router
Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) over the integrated routing and bridging (IRB) interface
or to synchronize the MAC addresses for the Layer 3 interfaces of the switches
participating in the MC-LAG. This provides redundancy and load balancing between the
two MC-LAG peers. The procedure to configure VRRP for use in a Layer 3 multicast
MC-LAG is included in this example.
Requirements
This example uses the following hardware and software components:
Before you configure an MC-LAG for Layer 3 multicast using VRRP, be sure that you
understand how to:
For a list of best practice configuration guidelines and important functional behavior for
MC-LAGs, see the “MC-LAG Configuration Guidelines and Functional Behavior” section
in the topic Understanding Multichassis Link Aggregation.
Overview
In this example, you configure two MC-LAGs between two switches, consisting of two
aggregated Ethernet interfaces (ae1 and ae2). To support the MC-LAG, you create a third
aggregated Ethernet interface (ae0) for the interchassis link (ICL). You also configure a
multichassis protection link for the ICL, Inter-Chassis Control Protocol (ICCP) for the
peers hosting the MC-LAG, and Layer 3 connectivity between MC-LAG peers.
To complete the MC-LAG configuration, enable VRRP by completing the following tasks
for each MC-LAG:
2. Create a VRRP group and assign a virtual IP address that is shared between each
switch in the VRRP group.
3. Enable a member of a VRRP group to accept all packets destined for the virtual IP
address if it is the master in the VRRP group.
Topology
The topology used in this example consists of two switches hosting two MC-LAGs—ae1
and ae2. The two switches are connected to a multicast source (Server 1) over MC-LAG
ae1, and a multicast receiver (Server 2) over MC-LAG ae2. Figure 18 on page 150 shows
the topology for this example.
Table 10 on page 150 details the topology used in this configuration example.
Table 10: Components of the Topology for Configuring Two MC-LAGs Between Switch A and
Switch B
Configuration
CLI Quick To quickly configure this example, copy the following commands, paste them in a text
Configuration file, remove any line breaks, change any details necessary to match your network
configuration, copy and paste the commands into the CLI at the [edit] hierarchy level,
and then enter commit from configuration mode.
Step-by-Step The following procedure requires you to navigate various levels in the configuration
Procedure hierarchy. For information about navigating the CLI, see Using the CLI Editor in Configuration
Mode in the CLI User Guide.
Switch A:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set xe-0/0/4 ether-options 802.3ad ae1
user@switch# set xe-0/0/5 ether-options 802.3ad ae2
Switch B:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set xe-0/0/6 ether-options 802.3ad ae1
user@switch# set xe-0/0/7 ether-options 802.3ad ae2
4. Configure ae0 as the multichassis protection link between Switch A and Switch B.
Switch A:
[edit]
user@switch# set multi-chassis multi-chassis-protection 3.3.3.1 interface ae0
Switch B:
[edit]
user@switch# set multi-chassis multi-chassis-protection 3.3.3.2 interface ae0
Switch A:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp local-ip-addr 3.3.3.2
Switch B:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp local-ip-addr 3.3.3.1
2. Configure the peer IP address, minimum receive interval, and minimum transmit
interval for a Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) session for ICCP on Switch A
and Switch B.
Switch A:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.1 liveness-detection minimum-receive-interval 60
Switch B:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 liveness-detection minimum-receive-interval
60
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 liveness-detection transmit-interval
minimum-interval 60
3. (Optional) Configure the time during which an ICCP connection must be established
between MC-LAG peers on Switch A and Switch B.
Switch A:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.1 session-establishment-hold-time 50
Switch B:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 session-establishment-hold-time 50
Switch A:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.1 backup-liveness-detection backup-peer-ip
10.207.64.233
Switch B:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 backup-liveness-detection backup-peer-ip
10.207.64.234
5. Configure Layer 3 connectivity between the MC-LAG peers on both Switch A and
Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v500
Switch A:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set irb unit 500 family inet address 3.3.3.2/24
Switch B:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set irb unit 500 family inet address 3.3.3.1/24
NOTE: At least one end needs to be active. The other end can be either
active or passive.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp active
user@switch# set ae2 aggregated-ether-options lacp active
2. Specify the same multichassis aggregated Ethernet identification number for each
MC-LAG peer on Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mc-ae-id 3
user@switch# set ae2 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mc-ae-id 4
3. Specify a unique chassis ID for the MC-LAG on the MC-LAG peers on Switch A and
Switch B.
Switch A:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae chassis-id 0
user@switch# set ae2 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae chassis-id 0
Switch B:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae chassis-id 1
user@switch# set ae2 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae chassis-id 1
4. Specify the operating mode of the MC-LAGs on both Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mode active-active
5. Specify the status control for the MC-LAGs on Switch A and Switch B.
NOTE: You must configure status control on both Switch A and Switch B
that host the MC-LAGs. If one peer is in active mode, the other must be
in standby mode.
Switch A:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae status-control active
user@switch# set ae2 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae status-control active
Switch B:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae status-control standby
user@switch# set ae2 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae status-control standby
6. To minimize traffic loss, specify the number of seconds by which to delay bringing
the multichassis aggregated Ethernet interface back to the up state when you reboot
Switch A or Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae init-delay-time 240
user@switch# set ae2 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae init-delay-time 240
7. Specify the same LACP system ID for each MC-LAG on Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp system-ID 00:01:02:03:04:05
user@switch# set ae2 aggregated-ether-options lacp system-ID 00:01:02:03:04:06
8. Specify the same LACP administration key on both Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp admin-key 3
user@switch# set ae2 aggregated-ether-options lacp admin-key 3
[edit vlans]
user@switch# set v100 vlan-id 100
user@switch# set v200 vlan-id 200
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v100
user@switch# set ae2 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v200
10. Configure ae1 and ae2 as trunk interfaces between Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching interface-mode trunk
user@switch# set ae2 unit 0 family ethernet-switching interface-mode trunk
Switch A:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set irb unit 100 family inet address 10.1.1.11/24 vrrp-group 1
virtual-address 10.1.1.1
user@switch# set irb unit 200 family inet address 10.1.1.21/24 vrrp-group 2
virtual-address 10.1.1.2
Switch B:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set irb unit 100 family inet address 10.1.1.10/24 vrrp-group 1
virtual-address 10.1.1.1
user@switch# set irb unit 200 family inet address 10.1.1.20/24 vrrp-group 2
virtual-address 10.1.1.2
NOTE: The switch configured with the highest priority is the master.
Switch A:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set irb unit 100 family inet address 10.1.1.11/24 vrrp-group 1 priority
200
user@switch# set irb unit 200 family inet address 10.1.1.21/24 vrrp-group 2 priority
200
Switch B:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set irb unit 100 family inet address 10.1.1.10/24 vrrp-group 1 priority
150
user@switch# set irb unit 200 family inet address 10.1.1.20/24 vrrp-group 2 priority
150
3. Enable the switch to accept all packets destined for the virtual IP address if it is the
master in a VRRP group.
Switch A:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set irb unit 100 family inet address 10.1.1.11/24 vrrp-group 1 accept-data
user@switch# set irb unit 200 family inet address 10.1.1.21/24 vrrp-group 2
accept-data
Switch B:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set irb unit 100 family inet address 10.1.1.10/24 vrrp-group 1
accept-data
user@switch# set irb unit 200 family inet address 10.1.1.20/24 vrrp-group 2
accept-data
[edit]
user@switch# set v100 l3-interface irb.100
user@switch# set v200 l3-interface irb.200
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set igmp-snooping vlan v100
user@switch# set igmp-snooping vlan v200
user@switch# set igmp-snooping vlan v500
2. Assign the VLAN interfaces for the MC-LAGs as interfaces to the OSPF area on
Switch A and Switch B.
3. Configure the minimum receive interval, minimum transmit interval, and transmit
interval threshold for a Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) session for the
OSPF interfaces on Switch A and Switch B.
2. Configure the address ranges of the multicast groups for which Switch A and
Switch B can be an RP.
3. Configure the priority of each PIM interface for being selected as the designated
router.
An interface with a higher priority value has a higher probability of being selected
as the designated router.
NOTE: Configure the IP address on the active MC-LAG peer with a high
IP address or a high designated router priority.
Switch A:
[edit protocols pim]
user@switch# set interface irb.100 priority 200
user@switch# set interface irb.200 priority 600
Switch B:
[edit protocols pim]
user@switch# set interface irb.100 priority 100
user@switch# set interface irb.200 priority 500
Results
From configuration mode on Switch A, confirm your configuration by entering the show
chassis, show interfaces, show multi-chassis, show protocols, and show vlans commands.
If the output does not display the required configuration, repeat the instructions in this
example to correct the configuration.
Switch A
}
}
}
ae1 {
aggregated-ether-options {
lacp {
active;
system-id 00:01:02:03:04:05;
admin-key 3;
}
mc-ae {
mc-ae-id 3;
chassis-id 0;
mode active-active;
status-control active;
init-delay-time 240;
}
}
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
interface-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v100;
}
}
}
}
ae2 {
aggregated-ether-options {
lacp {
active;
system-id 00:01:02:03:04:06;
admin-key 3;
}
mc-ae {
mc-ae-id 4;
chassis-id 0;
mode active-active;
status-control active;
init-delay-time 240;
}
}
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
interface-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v200;
}
}
}
}
irb {
unit 100 {
family inet {
address 10.1.1.11/24 {
vrrp-group 1 {
virtual-address 10.1.1.1;
priority 200;
accept-data;
}
}
}
}
unit 200 {
family inet {
address 10.1.1.21/24 {
vrrp-group 2 {
virtual-address 10.1.1.2;
priority 200;
accept-data;
}
}
}
}
unit 500 {
family inet {
address 3.3.3.2/24;
}
}
}
}
}
interface irb.100 {
priority 200;
}
interface irb.200 {
priority 600;
}
}
iccp {
local-ip-addr 3.3.3.2;
peer 3.3.3.1 {
session-establishment-hold-time 50;
backup-liveness-detection {
backup-peer-ip 10.207.64.233;
}
liveness-detection {
minimum-receive-interval 60;
transmit-interval {
minimum-interval 60;
}
}
}
}
igmp-snooping {
vlan v100;
vlan v200;
vlan v500;
}
Switch B
aggregated-ether-options {
lacp {
active;
system-id 00:01:02:03:04:06;
admin-key 3;
}
mc-ae {
mc-ae-id 4;
chassis-id 1;
mode active-active;
status-control standby;
init-delay-time 240;
}
}
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
interface-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v200;
}
}
}
}
irb {
unit 100 {
family inet {
address 10.1.1.10/24 {
vrrp-group 1 {
virtual-address 10.1.1.1;
priority 150;
accept-data;
}
}
}
}
unit 200 {
family inet {
address 10.1.1.20/24 {
vrrp-group 2 {
virtual-address 10.1.1.2;
priority 150;
accept-data;
}
}
}
}
unit 500 {
family inet {
address 3.3.3.1/24;
}
}
}
interface irb.100 {
bfd-liveness-detection {
minimum-receive-interval 700;
transmit-interval {
minimum-interval 350;
threshold 500;
}
}
}
interface irb.200 {
bfd-liveness-detection {
minimum-receive-interval 700;
transmit-interval {
minimum-interval 350;
threshold 500;
}
}
}
}
}
pim {
rp {
static {
address 1.0.0.3 {
group-ranges {
239.0.0.0/8;
}
}
}
}
interface irb.100 {
priority 100;
}
interface irb.200 {
priority 500;
}
}
iccp {
local-ip-addr 3.3.3.1;
peer 3.3.3.2 {
session-establishment-hold-time 50;
backup-liveness-detection {
backup-peer-ip 10.207.64.234;
}
liveness-detection {
minimum-receive-interval 60;
transmit-interval {
minimum-interval 60;
}
}
}
}
igmp-snooping {
vlan v100;
vlan v200;
vlan v500;
Verification
Verify that the configuration is working properly.
Meaning The DDR-DR state of the VLAN interfaces in the output shows that Switch A is the master
designated router.
Meaning The DDR-BDR state of the VLAN interfaces in the output shows that Switch B is the
backup designated router.
• Example: Configuring Multichassis Link Aggregation for Layer 3 Unicast Using VRRP
on EX9200 Switches on page 169
• Example: Configuring DHCP Relay on MC- LAG with VRRP on an EX9200 Switch on
page 86
Example: Configuring Multichassis Link Aggregation for Layer 3 Unicast Using VRRP
on EX9200 Switches
There are two methods for enabling Layer 3 unicast functionality across a multichassis
link aggregation group (MC-LAG). You can choose either to configure Virtual Router
Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) over the integrated routing and bridging (IRB) interface
or to synchronize the MAC addresses for the Layer 3 interfaces of the switches
participating in the MC-LAG. The procedure to configure VRRP for use in a Layer 3 unicast
MC-LAG is included in this example.
Requirements
This example uses the following hardware and software components:
Before you configure an MC-LAG, be sure that you understand how to:
For a list of best practice configuration guidelines and important functional behavior for
MC-LAGs, see the “MC-LAG Configuration Guidelines and Functional Behavior” section
in the topic Understanding Multichassis Link Aggregation.
Overview
In this example, you configure an MC-LAG between two switches by including interfaces
from both switches in an aggregated Ethernet interface (ae1). To support the MC-LAG,
create a second aggregated Ethernet interface (ae0) for the interchassis link (ICL).
Configure a multichassis protection link for the ICL, Interchassis Control Protocol (ICCP)
for the peers hosting the MC-LAG, and Layer 3 connectivity between MC-LAG peers.
To complete the MC-LAG configuration, enable VRRP by completing the following tasks:
2. Create a VRRP group and assign a virtual IP address that is shared between each
switch in the VRRP group.
3. Enable a member of a VRRP group to accept all packets destined for the virtual IP
address if it is the master in the VRRP group.
Topology
The topology used in this example consists of two switches that host an MC-LAG, ae1.
The two switches are connected to a server. Figure 19 on page 171 shows the topology
for this example.
Table 11: Components of the Topology for Configuring an MC-LAG Between Two Switches
Configuration
CLI Quick To quickly configure this example:
Configuration
• Copy the following commands, paste them in a text file, remove any line breaks, change
any details necessary to match your network configuration, and paste the commands
into the CLI at the [edit] hierarchy level of Switch A.
• Copy the following commands, paste them in a text file, remove any line breaks, change
any details necessary to match your network configuration, and paste the commands
into the CLI at the [edit] hierarchy level of Switch B.
[edit chassis]
user@switch# set aggregated-devices ethernet device-count 2
Switch A
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set xe-0/0/4 ether-options 802.3ad ae1
Switch B
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set xe-0/0/6 ether-options 802.3ad ae1
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching interface-mode trunk
Switch A
[edit]
user@switch# set multi-chassis multi-chassis-protection 3.3.3.2 interface ae0
Switch B
[edit]
user@switch# set multi-chassis multi-chassis-protection 3.3.3.1 interface ae0
1. Configure the local IP address to be in the ICCP connection on Switch A and Switch B.
Switch A
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp local-ip-addr 3.3.3.2
Switch B
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp local-ip-addr 3.3.3.1
2. Configure the peer IP address, minimum receive interval, and minimum transmit
interval for a Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) session for ICCP on Switch A
and Switch B.
Switch A
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.1 liveness-detection minimum-receive-interval
60
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.1 liveness-detection transmit-interval
minimum-interval 60
Switch B
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 liveness-detection minimum-receive-interval
60
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 liveness-detection transmit-interval
minimum-interval 60
3. (Optional) Configure the time during which an ICCP connection must be established
between MC-LAG peers on Switch A and Switch B.
Switch A
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.1 session-establishment-hold-time 50
Switch B
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 session-establishment-hold-time 50
4. (Optional) We recommend that you configure the backup liveness detection feature
to implement faster failover of data traffic during an MC-LAG peer reboot. Configure
Switch A
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.1 backup-liveness-detection backup-peer-ip
10.207.64.233
Switch B
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 backup-liveness-detection backup-peer-ip
10.207.64.234
5. Configure Layer 3 connectivity between the MC-LAG peers on both Switch A and
Switch B.
Switch A and B
[edit vlans]
user@switch# set v500 vlan-id 500
user@switch# set v500 l3-interface irb.500
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v500
Switch A
user@switch# set vlan unit 500 family inet address 3.3.3.2/24
Switch B
user@switch# set vlan unit 500 family inet address 3.3.3.1/24
NOTE: At least one end needs to be active. The other end can be either
active or passive.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp active
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mc-ae-id 3
3. Specify a unique chassis ID for the MC-LAG on the MC-LAG peers on Switch A and
Switch B.
Switch A
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae chassis-id 0
Switch B
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae chassis-id 1
4. Specify the operating mode of the MC-LAG on both Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mode active-active
NOTE: You must configure status control on both Switch A and Switch
B hosting the MC-LAG. If one peer is in active mode, the other must be
in standby mode.
Switch A
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae status-control active
Switch B
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae status-control standby
6. To minimize traffic loss, specify the number of seconds by which to delay bringing
the mc-ae interface back to the up state when you reboot Switch A or Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae init-delay-time 240
7. Specify the same LACP system ID for the MC-LAG on Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp system-ID 00:01:02:03:04:05
8. Specify the same LACP administration key on both Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp admin-key 3
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v100
[edit]
user@switch# set vlans v100 vlan-id 100
10. Configure ae1 as the trunk interface between Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching interface-mode trunk
Switch A
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set irb unit 100 family inet address 10.1.1.11/24 vrrp-group 1
virtual-address 10.1.1.1
Switch B
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set irb unit 100 family inet address 10.1.1.10/24 vrrp-group 1
virtual-address 10.1.1.1
NOTE: The switch configured with the highest priority is the master.
Switch A
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set irb unit 100 family inet address 10.1.1.11/24 vrrp-group 1 priority
200
Switch B
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set irb unit 100 family inet address 10.1.1.10/24 vrrp-group 1 priority
150
3. Enable the switch to accept all packets destined for the virtual IP address if it is the
master in a VRRP group:
Switch A
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set irb unit 100 family inet address 10.1.1.11/24 vrrp-group 1
accept-data
Switch B
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set irb unit 100 family inet address 10.1.1.10/24 vrrp-group 1
accept-data
[edit]
user@switch# set vlans v100 l3-interface irb.100
The following procedure requires you to navigate various levels in the configuration
hierarchy. For information about navigating the CLI, see Using the CLI Editor in Configuration
Mode in the CLI User Guide.
[edit]
user@switch# set protocols rstp interface ae0.0 disable
Results
chassis {
aggregated-devices {
ethernet {
device-count 2;
}
}
}
interfaces {
xe-0/0/2 {
ether-options {
802.3ad ae0;
}
}
xe-0/0/3 {
ether-options {
802.3ad ae0;
}
}
xe-0/0/4 {
ether-options {
802.3ad ae1;
}
}
ae0 {
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
interface-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v500;
}
}
}
}
ae1 {
aggregated-ether-options {
lacp {
active;
system-id 00:01:02:03:04:05;
admin-key 3;
}
mc-ae {
mc-ae-id 3;
chassis-id 0;
mode active-active;
status-control active;
init-delay-time 240;
}
}
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
interface-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v100;
}
}
}
}
irb {
unit 100 {
family inet {
address 100.1.1.11/24 {
vrrp-group 1 {
virtual-address 100.1.1.1;
priority 200;
accept-data;
}
}
}
}
unit 500 {
family inet {
address 3.3.3.2/24;
}
}
}
}
protocols {
iccp {
local-ip-addr 3.3.3.2;
peer 3.3.3.1 {
session-establishment-hold-time 50;
backup-liveness-detection {
backup-peer-ip 10.207.64.233;
}
liveness-detection {
minimum-receive-interval 60;
transmit-interval {
minimum-interval 60;
}
}
}
}
rstp {
interface ae0.0 {
disable;
}
}
}
multi-chassis {
multi-chassis-protection 3.3.3.1 {
interface ae0;
}
}
vlans {
v100 {
vlan-id 100;
l3-interface irb.100;
}
v500 {
vlan-id 500;
l3-interface irb.500;
}
}
chassis {
aggregated-devices {
ethernet {
device-count 2;
}
}
}
interfaces {
xe-0/0/2 {
ether-options {
802.3ad ae0;
}
}
xe-0/0/3 {
ether-options {
802.3ad ae0;
}
}
xe-0/0/4 {
ether-options {
802.3ad ae1;
}
}
ae0 {
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
interface-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v500;
}
}
}
}
ae1 {
aggregated-ether-options {
lacp {
active;
system-id 00:01:02:03:04:05;
admin-key 3;
}
mc-ae {
mc-ae-id 3;
chassis-id 1;
mode active-active;
status-control active;
init-delay-time 240;
}
}
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
interface-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v100;
}
}
}
}
irb {
unit 100 {
family inet {
address 100.1.1.10/24 {
vrrp-group 1 {
virtual-address 100.1.1.1;
priority 200;
accept-data;
}
}
}
}
unit 500 {
family inet {
address 3.3.3.1/24;
}
}
}
}
protocols {
iccp {
local-ip-addr 3.3.3.1;
peer 3.3.3.2 {
session-establishment-hold-time 50;
backup-liveness-detection {
backup-peer-ip 10.207.64.234;
}
liveness-detection {
minimum-receive-interval 60;
transmit-interval {
minimum-interval 60;
}
}
}
}
rstp {
interface ae0.0 {
disable;
}
}
}
multi-chassis {
multi-chassis-protection 3.3.3.2 {
interface ae0;
}
}
vlans {
v100 {
vlan-id 100;
l3-interface irb.100;
}
v500 {
vlan-id 500;
l3-interface irb.500;
}
}
Verification
To verify that the MC-LAG group has been created and is working properly, perform these
tasks:
Action [edit]
user@switch# show iccp
Redundancy Group Information for peer 3.3.3.1
TCP Connection : Established
Liveliness Detection : Up
Meaning This output shows that the TCP connection between the peers hosting the MC-LAG is
up, liveness detection is up, and MCSNOOPD and ESWD client applications are running.
[edit]
user@switch# show iccp
Redundancy Group Information for peer 3.3.3.2
TCP Connection : Established
Liveliness Detection : Up
Meaning This output shows that the TCP connection between the peers hosting the MC-LAG is
up, liveness detection is up, and MCSNOOPD and ESWD client applications are running.
Action [edit]
user@switch# show lacp interfaces
Aggregated interface: ae1
LACP state: Role Exp Def Dist Col Syn Aggr Timeout Activity
xe-0/0/6 Actor No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Fast Active
xe-0/0/6 Partner No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Fast Active
LACP protocol: Receive State Transmit State Mux State
xe-0/0/6 Current Fast periodic Collecting distributing
Action [edit]
user@switch# show lacp interfaces
Purpose Verify that the MC-AE and ICL interfaces are up on Switch A.
Action [edit]
user@switch# show interfaces mc-ae
Member Link : ae1
Current State Machine's State: mcae active state
Local Status : active
Local State : up
Peer Status : active
Peer State : up
Logical Interface : ae1.0
Topology Type : bridge
Local State : up
Peer State : up
Peer Ip/MCP/State : 3.3.3.1 ae0.0 up
Meaning This output shows that the MC-AE interface on Switch A is up and active.
Purpose Verify that the MC-AE and ICL interfaces are up on Switch B.
Action [edit]
user@switch# show interfaces mc-ae
Member Link : ae1
Current State Machine's State: mcae active state
Local Status : active
Local State : up
Peer Status : active
Peer State : up
Logical Interface : ae1.0
Topology Type : bridge
Local State : up
Peer State : up
Peer Ip/MCP/State : 3.3.3.2 ae0.0 up
Meaning This output shows that the MC-AE interface on Switch B is up and active.
Action [edit]
user@switch# show ethernet-switching table
Ethernet-switching table: 6 entries, 1 learned, 0 persistent entriesC
VLAN MAC address Type Age Interfaces
v100 * Flood - All-members
v100 00:00:5e:00:01:01 Static - Router
v100 78:fe:3d:5a:07:42 Static - Router
v100 78:fe:3d:5b:ad:c2 Learn(R) 0 ae0.0
v500 * Flood - All-members
v500 78:fe:3d:5a:07:42 Static - Router
Meaning The output shows two static MAC address in VLAN v100 and one static MAC address in
VLAN v500. These addresses belong to the Layer 3 IRB addresses on both Switch A and
Switch B that you configured in the MC-LAG. The ICL interface configured on the VRRP
master member learned the VLAN v100 Learn (R) MAC address of the VRRP backup
member.
Action [edit]
user@switch# show ethernet-switching table
Ethernet-switching table: 7 entries, 1 learned, 0 persistent entries
VLAN MAC address Type Age Interfaces
v100 * Flood - All-members
v100 00:00:5e:00:01:01 Static - Router
v100 78:fe:3d:5a:07:42 Learn(R) 0 ae0.0
v100 78:fe:3d:5b:ad:c2 Static - Router
v200 78:fe:3d:5b:ad:c2 Static - Router
v500 * Flood - All-members
v500 78:fe:3d:5b:ad:c2 Static - Router
Meaning The output shows two static MAC address in VLAN v100 and one static MAC address in
VLAN v500. These addresses belong to the Layer 3 IRB addresses on both Switch A and
Switch B that you configured in the MC-LAG. The ICL interface configured on the VRRP
backup member learned the VLAN v100 Learn (R) MAC address of the VRRP master
member.
Purpose Verify that Switch A is the master member in the VRRP group.
Action [edit]
user@switch# show vrrp
Interface State Group VR state VR Mode Timer Type Address
irb.100 up 1 master Active A 0.605 lcl 100.1.1.11
vip 100.1.1.1
Meaning The output shows that Switch A is the master member in the VRRP group.
Purpose Verify that Switch B is the backup member in the VRRP group.
Action [edit]
user@switch# show vrrp
Interface State Group VR state VR Mode Timer Type Address
irb.100 up 1 backup Active A 0.605 lcl 100.1.1.10
vip 100.1.1.1
Meaning The output shows that Switch B is the backup member in the VRRP group.
Action [edit]
user@switch# run show interfaces terse vlan
Interface Admin Link Proto Local Remote
irb up up
irb.100 up up inet 100.1.1.1/24
100.1.1.11/24
irb.500 up up inet 3.3.3.2/24
Meaning The output shows that the virtual IP address (100.1.1.1/24) is bound to the individual IP
address (100.1.1.11/24) on Switch A.
Action [edit]
user@switch# run show interfaces terse vlan
Interface Admin Link Proto Local Remote
irb up up
irb.100 up up inet 100.1.1.1/24
100.1.1.10/24
irb.500 up up inet 3.3.3.1/24
Meaning The output shows that the virtual IP address (100.1.1.1/24) is bound to the individual IP
address (100.1.1.10/24) on Switch B.
Troubleshooting
• Troubleshooting a LAG That Is Down on page 188
Problem The show interfaces terse command shows that the MC-LAG is down
• Verify that the MC-LAG is part of family Ethernet switching (Layer 2 LAG).
• Verify that the MC-LAG member is connected to the correct MC-LAG member at the
other end.
• Example: Configuring Multichassis Link Aggregation for Layer 3 Multicast Using VRRP
on EX9200 Switches on page 148
• Example: Configuring DHCP Relay on MC- LAG with VRRP on an EX9200 Switch on
page 86
There are two methods for enabling Layer 3 unicast functionality across a multichassis
link aggregation group (MC-LAG) to control the traffic. You can choose either to
synchronize the MAC addresses for the Layer 3 interfaces of the switches participating
in the MC-LAG, or you can configure Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP), but
you cannot configure both at the same time. Because RVI interfaces share the same MAC
address, if you enable MAC address synchronization, packets received on an MC-LAG
peer with a destination MAC address that is the same as that of the peer’s IRB MAC
address will not be forwarded. The procedure to configure MAC address synchronization
is included in this example. For more information about configuring VRRP for use in a
Layer 3 unicast MC-LAG, see “Example: Configuring Multichassis Link Aggregation for
Layer 3 Unicast Using VRRP” on page 226.
Requirements
This example uses the following hardware and software components:
• Junos OS Release 12.3 or later for the QFX3500 and QFX3600 standalone switches,
and Junos OS Release 13.2X51-D10 or later for the QFX5100 standalone switches.
Before you configure an MC-LAG for Layer 3 unicast, be sure that you understand how
to:
Overview
In this example, you configure an MC-LAG across two switches, consisting of two
aggregated Ethernet interfaces, an interchassis control link-protection link (ICL-PL),
multichassis protection link for the ICL-PL, Inter-Chassis Control Protocol (ICCP) for the
peers hosting the MC-LAG, and Layer 3 connectivity between MC-LAG peers. Layer 3
connectivity is required for ICCP.
Topology
The topology used in this example consists of two switches hosting an MC-LAG. The two
switches are connected to a server. Figure 1 on page 41 shows the topology of this
example.
xe-0/0/44 xe-0/0/46
ae1
g041294
Server 1
Table 12: Components of the Topology for Configuring a Multichassis LAG Between Two Switches
Configuration
CLI Quick To quickly configure this example, copy the following commands, paste them in a text
Configuration file, remove any line breaks, change any details necessary to match your network
configuration, copy and paste the commands into the CLI at the [edit] hierarchy level,
and then enter commit from configuration mode.
NOTE: This example shows how to configure MC-LAG using both the original
CLI and Enhanced Layer 2 Software (ELS).
In ELS, there are different statements and one additional statement that are
different from the original CLI:
Switch A—ELS
set chassis aggregated-devices ethernet device-count 2
set interfaces xe-0/0/12 ether-options 802.3ad ae0
set interfaces xe-0/0/13 ether-options 802.3ad ae0
set interfaces xe-0/0/44 ether-options 802.3ad ae1
set interfaces ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching interface-mode trunk
set interfaces ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v500
set interfaces ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v100
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp active
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp system-id 00:01:02:03:04:05
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp admin-key 3
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mc-ae-id 3
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae chassis-id 0
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mode active-active
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae status-control active
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae init-delay-time 240
set interfaces ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching interface-mode trunk
set interfaces ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v100
set interfaces irb unit 500 family inet address 3.3.3.2/24
set vlans v100 vlan-id 100
set vlans v500 vlan-id 500
set vlans v500 l3-interface irb.500
set protocols iccp local-ip-addr 3.3.3.2
set protocols iccp peer 3.3.3.1 session-establishment-hold-time 50
set protocols iccp peer 3.3.3.1 backup-liveness-detection backup-peer-ip 10.207.64.233
set protocols iccp peer 3.3.3.1 liveness-detection minimum-receive-interval 1000
set protocols iccp peer 3.3.3.1 liveness-detection transmit-interval minimum-interval 1000
set protocols rstp interface ae1.0 edge
set protocols rstp interface ae1.0 mode point-to-point
set protocols rstp bpdu-block-on-edge
set multi-chassis multi-chassis-protection 3.3.3.1 interface ae0
set switch-options service-id 10
Switch B—ELS
set chassis aggregated-devices ethernet device-count 2
set interfaces xe-0/0/12 ether-options 802.3ad ae0
set interfaces xe-0/0/13 ether-options 802.3ad ae0
set interfaces xe-0/0/46 ether-options 802.3ad ae1
set interfaces ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching interface-mode trunk
set interfaces ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v500
set interfaces ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v100
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp active
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp system-id 00:01:02:03:04:05
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp admin-key 3
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mc-ae-id 3
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae chassis-id 1
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mode active-active
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae status-control standby
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae init-delay-time 240
set interfaces ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching port-mode trunk
set interfaces ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v100
set interfaces irb unit 500 family inet address 3.3.3.1/24
set vlans v100 vlan-id 100
set vlans v500 vlan-id 500
set vlans v500 l3-interface irb.500
set protocols iccp local-ip-addr 3.3.3.1
set protocols iccp peer 3.3.3.2 session-establishment-hold-time 50
set protocols iccp peer 3.3.3.2 backup-liveness-detection backup-peer-ip 10.207.64.234
set protocols iccp peer 3.3.3.2 liveness-detection minimum-receive-interval 1000
set protocols iccp peer 3.3.3.2 liveness-detection transmit-interval minimum-interval 1000
set protocols rstp interface ae1.0 edge
set protocols rstp interface ae1.0 mode point-to-point
set protocols rstp bpdu-block-on-edge
set multi-chassis multi-chassis-protection 3.3.3.2 interface ae0
set switch-options service-id 10
Step-by-Step The following example requires you to navigate various levels in the configuration
Procedure hierarchy. For information about navigating the CLI, see Using the CLI Editor in Configuration
Mode in the CLI User Guide.
[edit chassis]
user@switch# set aggregated-devices ethernet device-count 2
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set xe-0/0/12 ether-options 802.3ad ae0
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set xe-0/0/13 ether-options 802.3ad ae0
Switch A:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set xe-0/0/44 ether-options 802.3ad ae1
Switch B:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set xe-0/0/46 ether-options 802.3ad ae1
Original CLI:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching port-mode trunk
ELS:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching interface-mode trunk
Switch A:
[edit]
user@switch# set multi-chassis multi-chassis-protection 3.3.3.1 interface ae0
Switch B:
[edit]
user@switch# set multi-chassis multi-chassis-protection 3.3.3.2 interface ae0
1. Configure the local IP address to be in the ICCP connection on Switch A and Switch
B.
Switch A:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp local-ip-addr 3.3.3.2
Switch B:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp local-ip-addr 3.3.3.1
2. Configure the peer IP address and minimum receive interval for a (BFD) session for
ICCP on Switch A and Switch B.
Switch A:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.1 liveness-detection minimum-receive-interval
1000
Switch B:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 liveness-detection minimum-receive-interval
1000
3. Configure the peer IP address and minimum transmit interval for Bidirectional
Forwarding Detection (BFD) session for ICCP on Switch A and Switch B.
Switch A:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.1 liveness-detection transmit-interval
minimum-interval 1000
Switch B:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 liveness-detection transmit-interval
minimum-interval 1000
4. (Optional) Configure the time during which an ICCP connection must succeed
between MC-LAG peers on Switch A and Switch B.
Switch A:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.1 session-establishment-hold-time 50
Switch B:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 session-establishment-hold-time 50
5. (Optional) Configure the backup IP address to be used for backup liveness detection
on both Switch A and Switch B.
Switch A:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.1 backup-liveness-detection backup-peer-ip
10.207.64.233
Switch B:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 backup-liveness-detection backup-peer-ip
10.207.64.234
6. Configure Layer 3 connectivity between the MC-LAG peers on both Switch A and
Switch B.
Original CLI:
[edit vlans]
user@switch# set v100 vlan-id 100
[edit vlans]
user@switch# set v500 vlan-id 500
[edit vlans]
user@switch# set v500 l3-interface vlan.500
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching port-mode trunk
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v500
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v100
ELS:
[edit vlans]
user@switch# set v500 vlan-id 500
[edit vlans]
user@switch# set v500 l3-interface irb.500
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching interface-mode trunk
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v500
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v100
NOTE: At least one end needs to be active. The other end can be either
active or passive.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp active
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mc-ae-id 3
ELS:
[edit]
user@switch# set switch-options service-id 10
4. Specify a unique chassis ID for the MC-LAG on the MC-LAG peers on Switch A and
Switch B.
Switch A:
[edit interfaces]
set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae chassis-id 0
Switch B:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae chassis-id 1
5. Specify the operating mode of the MC-LAG on both Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mode active-active
NOTE: You must configure status control on both Switch A and Switch
B hosting the MC-LAG. If one peer is in active mode, the other must be
in standby mode.
Switch A:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae status-control active
Switch B:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae status-control standby
7. Specify the number of seconds by which the bring-up of the multichassis aggregated
Ethernet interface should be deferred after you reboot Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae init-delay-time 240
8. Specify the same LACP system ID for the MC-LAG on Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp system-ID 00:01:02:03:04:05
9. Specify the same LACP administration key on both Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp admin-key 3
10. Enable a VLAN on the MC-LAG on Switch A and Switch B-—Original CLI:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching port-mode trunk
[edit]
user@switch# set vlans v100 vlan-id 100
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v100
11. Enable a VLAN on the MC-LAG on Switch A and Switch B using ELS:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching interface-mode trunk
[edit]
user@switch# set vlans v100 vlan-id 100
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v100
NOTE: The all option is not available on ELS, so you cannot issue this
command on ELS.
[edit]
user@switch# set protocols rstp interface all mode point-to-point
ELS:
[edit]
user@switch# set protocols rstp interface ae1.0 mode point-to-point
[edit]
user@switch# set protocols rstp interface ae0.0 disable
[edit]
user@switch# set protocols rstp interface ae1.0 edge
4. Enable BPDU blocking on all interfaces except for the ICL-PL interfaces on Switch
A and Switch B.
[edit]
user@switch# set protocols rstp bpdu-block-on-edge
Results
From configuration mode, confirm your configuration by entering the show chassis, show
interfaces, show protocols, show multi-chassis, and show vlans commands. If the output
does not display the intended configuration, repeat the instructions in this example to
correct the configuration.
802.3ad ae0;
}
}
xe-0/0/13 {
ether-options {
802.3ad ae0;
}
}
xe-0/0/44 {
ether-options {
802.3ad ae1;
}
}
ae0 {
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
port-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v500;
}
}
}
}
ae1 {
aggregated-ether-options {
lacp {
active;
system-id 00:01:02:03:04:05;
admin-key 3;
}
mc-ae {
mc-ae-id 3;
chassis-id 0;
mode active-active;
status-control active;
init-delay-time 240;
}
}
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
port-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v100;
}
}
}
}
vlan {
unit 500 {
family inet {
address 3.3.3.2/24;
}
}
}
iccp {
local-ip-addr 3.3.3.2;
peer 3.3.3.1 {
session-establishment-hold-time 50;
backup-liveness-detection {
backup-peer-ip 10.207.64.233;
}
liveness-detection {
minimum-receive-interval 1000;
transmit-interval {
minimum-interval 1000;
}
}
}
}
rstp {
interface ae0.0 {
disable;
}
interface ae1.0 {
edge;
}
interface all {
mode point-to-point;
}
bpdu-block-on-edge;
}
Switch A--ELS
xe-0/0/13 {
ether-options {
802.3ad ae0;
}
}
xe-0/0/44 {
ether-options {
802.3ad ae1;
}
}
ae0 {
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
interface-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v500;
}
}
}
}
ae1 {
aggregated-ether-options {
lacp {
active;
system-id 00:01:02:03:04:05;
admin-key 3;
}
mc-ae {
mc-ae-id 3;
chassis-id 0;
mode active-active;
status-control active;
init-delay-time 240;
}
}
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
interface-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v100;
}
}
}
}
vlan {
unit 500 {
family inet {
address 3.3.3.2/24;
}
}
}
session-establishment-hold-time 50;
backup-liveness-detection {
backup-peer-ip 10.207.64.233;
}
liveness-detection {
minimum-receive-interval 1000;
transmit-interval {
minimum-interval 1000;
}
}
}
}
rstp {
interface ae1.0 {
edge;
}
mode point-to-point;
}
bpdu-block-on-edge;
}
xe-0/0/46 {
ether-options {
802.3ad ae1;
}
}
ae0 {
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
port-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v500;
}
}
}
}
ae1 {
aggregated-ether-options {
lacp {
active;
system-id 00:01:02:03:04:05;
admin-key 3;
}
mc-ae {
mc-ae-id 3;
chassis-id 1;
mode active-active;
status-control standby;
init-delay-time 240;
}
}
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
port-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v100;
}
}
}
}
vlan {
unit 500 {
family inet {
address 3.3.3.1/24;
}
}
}
minimum-receive-interval 1000;
transmit-interval {
minimum-interval 1000;
}
}
}
}
rstp {
interface ae0.0 {
disable;
}
interface ae1.0 {
edge;
}
interface all {
mode point-to-point;
}
bpdu-block-on-edge;
}
Switch B--ELS
}
}
ae0 {
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
interface-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v500;
}
}
}
}
ae1 {
aggregated-ether-options {
lacp {
active;
system-id 00:01:02:03:04:05;
admin-key 3;
}
mc-ae {
mc-ae-id 3;
chassis-id 1;
mode active-active;
status-control standby;
init-delay-time 240;
}
}
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
interface-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v100;
}
}
}
}
vlan {
unit 500 {
family inet {
address 3.3.3.1/24;
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
rstp {
interface ae1.0 {
edge;
}
mode point-to-point;
}
bpdu-block-on-edge;
}
Verification
Verify that the configuration is working properly.
Action [edit]
user@switch> show iccp
Redundancy Group Information for peer 3.3.3.1
TCP Connection : Established
Liveliness Detection : Up
Meaning This output shows that the TCP connection between the peers hosting the MC-LAG is
up, liveness detection is up, and MCSNOOPD and ESWD client applications are running.
[edit]
user@switch> show iccp
Redundancy Group Information for peer 3.3.3.2
TCP Connection : Established
Liveliness Detection : Up
Meaning This output shows that the TCP connection between the peers hosting the MC-LAG is
up, liveness detection is up, and MCSNOOPD and ESWD client applications are running.
Action [edit]
user@switch> show lacp interfaces
Aggregated interface: ae1
LACP state: Role Exp Def Dist Col Syn Aggr Timeout Activity
xe-0/0/46 Actor No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Fast Active
xe-0/0/46 Partner No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Fast Active
LACP protocol: Receive State Transmit State Mux State
xe-0/0/46 Current Fast periodic Collecting distributing
Action [edit]
user@switch> show lacp interfaces
Verifying That the Multichassis Aggregated Ethernet and ICL-PL Interfaces Are
Up on Switch A
Purpose Verify that the multichassis aggregated Ethernet and ICL-PL interfaces are up on Switch
A.
Action [edit]
user@switch> show interfaces mc-ae
Member Link : ae1
Current State Machine's State: mcae active state
Local Status : active
Local State : up
Peer Status : active
Peer State : up
Logical Interface : ae1.0
Topology Type : bridge
Local State : up
Peer State : up
Peer Ip/MCP/State : 3.3.3.1 ae0.0 up
Meaning This output shows that the multichassis aggregated Ethernet and ICL-PL interfaces on
Switch A is up and active.
Verifying That the Multichassis Aggregated Ethernet and ICL-PL Interfaces Are
Up on Switch B
Purpose Verify that the multichassis aggregated Ethernet and ICL-PL interfaces are up on Switch
B.
Action [edit]
user@switch> show interfaces mc-ae
Member Link : ae1
Current State Machine's State: mcae active state
Local Status : active
Local State : up
Peer Status : active
Peer State : up
Logical Interface : ae1.0
Topology Type : bridge
Local State : up
Peer State : up
Peer Ip/MCP/State : 3.3.3.2 ae0.0 up
Meaning This output shows that the multichassis aggregated Ethernet and ICL-PL interface on
Switch B is up and active.
Action [edit]
user@switch> show ethernet-switching table
Ethernet-switching table: 10 entries, 4 learned, 0 persistent entries
VLAN MAC address Type Age Interfaces
v222 * Flood - All-members
v222 00:00:5e:00:01:01 Static - Router
v222 00:10:94:00:00:05 Learn(L) 33 ae0.0 (MCAE)
v222 84:18:88:df:ac:ae Learn(R) 0 ae2.0
Troubleshooting
Problem The show interfaces terse command shows that the MC-LAG is down.
3. Verify that the MC-LAG is part of family Ethernet switching (Layer 2 LAG).
4. Verify that the MC-LAG member is connected to the correct MC-LAG member at the
other end.
• Example: Configuring Multichassis Link Aggregation for Layer 3 Multicast Using VRRP
on page 253
Example: Configuring Multichassis Link Aggregation for Layer 3 Unicast using MAC
Address Synchronization
There are two methods for enabling Layer 3 unicast functionality across a multichassis
link aggregation group (MC-LAG). You can choose either to synchronize the MAC
addresses for the Layer 3 interfaces of the switches participating in the MC-LAG, or you
can configure Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP), but you cannot configure
both at the same time. Because RVI interfaces share the same MAC address, if you enable
MAC address synchronization, packets received on an MC-LAG peer with a destination
MAC address that is the same as that of the peer’s IRB MAC address will not be forwarded.
The procedure to configure MAC address synchronization is included in this example. For
more information on configuring VRRP for use in a Layer 3 unicast MC-LAG, see “Example:
Configuring Multichassis Link Aggregation for Layer 3 Unicast Using VRRP” on page 226.
Requirements
This example uses the following hardware and software components:
Before you configure an MC-LAG for Layer 3 unicast, be sure that you understand how
to:
Overview
In this example, you configure an MC-LAG across two switches by including interfaces
from both switches in an aggregated Ethernet interface (ae1). To support the MC-LAG,
create a second aggregated Ethernet interface (ae0) for the interchassis control
link-protection link (ICL-PL). Configure a multichassis protection link for the ICL-PL,
Interchassis Control Protocol (ICCP) for the peers hosting the MC-LAG, and Layer 3
connectivity between MC-LAG peers.
Topology
The topology used in this example consists of two switches hosting an MC-LAG. The two
switches are connected to a server. Figure 21 on page 212 shows the topology of this
example.
Table 13: Components of the Topology for Configuring a Multichassis LAG Between Two
Switches
Configuration
CLI Quick To quickly configure this example, copy the following commands, paste them in a text
Configuration file, remove any line breaks, change any details necessary to match your network
configuration, and paste the commands into the CLI at the [edit] hierarchy level of Switch
A.
Switch A:
[edit]
user@switch# set multi-chassis multi-chassis-protection 3.3.3.2 interface ae0
Switch B:
[edit]
user@switch# set multi-chassis multi-chassis-protection 3.3.3.1 interface ae0
1. Configure the local IP address to be in the ICCP connection on Switch A and Switch
B.
Switch A:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp local-ip-addr 3.3.3.2
Switch B:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp local-ip-addr 3.3.3.1
2. Configure the peer IP address and minimum receive interval for a (BFD) session for
ICCP on Switch A and Switch B.
Switch A:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.1 liveness-detection minimum-receive-interval 60
Switch B:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 liveness-detection minimum-receive-interval 60
3. Configure the peer IP address and minimum transmit interval for Bidirectional
Forwarding Detection (BFD) session for ICCP on Switch A and Switch B.
Switch A:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.1 liveness-detection transmit-interval minimum-interval
60
Switch B:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 liveness-detection transmit-interval minimum-interval
60
4. (Optional) Configure the time during which an ICCP connection must succeed
between MC-LAG peers on Switch A and Switch B.
Switch A:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.1 session-establishment-hold-time 50
Switch B:
[edit protocols]
Switch A:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.1 backup-liveness-detection backup-peer-ip 10.207.64.233
Switch B:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 backup-liveness-detection backup-peer-ip 10.207.64.234
6. Configure Layer 3 connectivity across the ae0 ICCP link by adding a Layer 3 interface
on both Switch A and Switch B.
[edit vlans]
user@switch# set v500 vlan-id 500
[edit vlans]
user@switch# set v500 l3-interface vlan.500
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching port-mode trunk vlan members
v500
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching port-mode trunk vlan members
v100
NOTE: At least one end needs to be active. The other end can be either
active or passive.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp active
2. Specify the same multichassis aggregated Ethernet identification number on both
MC-LAG peers on Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mc-ae-id 3
3. Specify a unique chassis ID for the MC-LAG on the MC-LAG peers on Switch A and
Switch B.
Switch A:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae chassis-id 0
Switch B:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae chassis-id 1
4. Specify the operating mode of the MC-LAG on both Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mode active-active
5. Specify the status control for MC-LAG on Switch A and Switch B.
NOTE: You must configure status control on both Switch A and Switch
B hosting the MC-LAG. If one peer is in active mode, the other must be
in standby mode.
Switch A:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae status-control active
Switch B:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae status-control standby
6. Specify the number of seconds by which the bring-up of the MC-AE interface should
be deferred after you reboot Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae init-delay-time 240
7. Specify the same LACP system ID for the MC-LAG on Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp system-ID 00:01:02:03:04:05
8. Specify the same LACP administration key on both Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp admin-key 3
9. Enable a VLAN on the MC-LAG on Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching port-mode trunk
[edit]
user@switch# set vlans v100 vlan-id 100
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v100
10. Create a Layer 3 interface for the MC-LAG VLAN and assign the same IP address
on both Switch A and Switch B.
[edit]
user@switch# set vlans v100 l3-interface vlan.100
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set vlan unit 100 family inet address 100.1.1.10
11. Configure MAC address synchronization in the MC-LAG VLAN on both Switch A and
Switch B.
[edit]
user@switch# set vlans v100 mcae-mac-synchronize
[edit]
user@switch# set protocols rstp interface ae1.0 edge
4. Enable BPDU blocking on all interfaces except for the ICL-PL interfaces on Switch
A and Switch B.
[edit]
user@switch# set protocols rstp bpdu-block-on-edge
Results
chassis {
aggregated-devices {
ethernet {
device-count 2;
}
}
}
interfaces {
xe-0/0/12 {
ether-options {
802.3ad ae0;
}
}
xe-0/0/13 {
ether-options {
802.3ad ae0;
}
}
xe-0/0/44 {
ether-options {
802.3ad ae1;
}
}
ae0 {
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
port-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v500;
}
}
}
}
ae1 {
aggregated-ether-options {
lacp {
active;
system-id 00:01:02:03:04:05;
admin-key 3;
}
mc-ae {
mc-ae-id 3;
chassis-id 0;
mode active-active;
status-control active;
init-delay-time 240
}
}
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
port-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v100;
}
}
}
}
vlan {
unit 100 {
family inet {
address 100.1.1.10/32;
}
}
unit 500 {
family inet {
address 3.3.3.2/24;
}
}
}
}
protocols {
iccp {
local-ip-addr 3.3.3.2;
peer 3.3.3.1 {
session-establishment-hold-time 50;
backup-liveness-detection {
backup-peer-ip 10.207.64.233;
}
liveness-detection {
minimum-receive-interval 60;
transmit-interval {
minimum-interval 60;
}
}
}
}
rstp {
interface ae0.0 {
disable;
}
interface ae1.0 {
edge;
}
interface all {
mode point-to-point;
}
bpdu-block-on-edge;
}
}
multi-chassis {
multi-chassis-protection 3.3.3.1 {
interface ae0;
}
}
vlans {
v100 {
vlan-id 100;
l3-interface vlan.100;
mcae-mac-synchronize;
}
v500 {
vlan-id 500;
l3-interface vlan.500;
}
}
chassis {
aggregated-devices {
ethernet {
device-count 2;
}
}
}
interfaces {
xe-0/0/12 {
ether-options {
802.3ad ae0;
}
}
xe-0/0/13 {
ether-options {
802.3ad ae0;
}
}
xe-0/0/46 {
ether-options {
802.3ad ae1;
}
}
ae0 {
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
port-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v500;
}
}
}
}
ae1 {
aggregated-ether-options {
lacp {
active;
system-id 00:01:02:03:04:05;
admin-key 3;
}
mc-ae {
mc-ae-id 3;
chassis-id 1;
mode active-active;
status-control standby;
init-delay-time 240
}
}
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
port-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v100;
}
}
}
}
vlan {
unit 100 {
family inet {
address 100.1.1.10/32;
}
}
unit 500 {
family inet {
address 3.3.3.1/24;
}
}
}
}
protocols {
iccp {
local-ip-addr 3.3.3.1;
peer 3.3.3.2 {
session-establishment-hold-time 50;
backup-liveness-detection {
backup-peer-ip 10.207.64.234;
}
liveness-detection {
minimum-receive-interval 60;
transmit-interval {
minimum-interval 60;
}
}
}
}
rstp {
interface ae0.0 {
disable;
}
interface ae1.0 {
edge;
}
interface all {
mode point-to-point;
}
bpdu-block-on-edge;
}
}
multi-chassis {
multi-chassis-protection 3.3.3.2 {
interface ae0;
}
}
vlans {
v100 {
vlan-id 100;
l3-interface vlan.100;
mcae-mac-synchronize;
}
v500 {
vlan-id 500;
l3-interface vlan.500;
}
}
Verification
To verify that the MC-LAG group has been created and is working properly, perform these
tasks:
Action [edit]
user@switch# show iccp
Redundancy Group Information for peer 3.3.3.1
TCP Connection : Established
Liveliness Detection : Up
Meaning This output shows that the TCP connection between the peers hosting the MC-LAG is
up, liveness detection is up, and MCSNOOPD and ESWD client applications are running.
[edit]
user@switch# show iccp
Redundancy Group Information for peer 3.3.3.2
TCP Connection : Established
Liveliness Detection : Up
Meaning This output shows that the TCP connection between the peers hosting the MC-LAG is
up, liveness detection is up, and MCSNOOPD and ESWD client applications are running.
Action [edit]
user@switch# show lacp interfaces
Aggregated interface: ae1
LACP state: Role Exp Def Dist Col Syn Aggr Timeout Activity
xe-0/0/46 Actor No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Fast Active
xe-0/0/46 Partner No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Fast Active
LACP protocol: Receive State Transmit State Mux State
xe-0/0/46 Current Fast periodic Collecting distributing
Action [edit]
user@switch# show lacp interfaces
Purpose Verify that the MC-AE and ICL-PL interfaces are up on Switch A.
Action [edit]
user@switch# show interfaces mc-ae
Member Link : ae1
Current State Machine's State: mcae active state
Local Status : active
Local State : up
Peer Status : active
Peer State : up
Logical Interface : ae1.0
Topology Type : bridge
Local State : up
Peer State : up
Peer Ip/MCP/State : 3.3.3.1 ae0.0 up
Meaning This output shows that the MC-AE interface on Switch A is up and active.
Purpose Verify that the MC-AE and ICL-PL interfaces are up on Switch B.
Action [edit]
user@switch# show interfaces mc-ae
Member Link : ae1
Current State Machine's State: mcae active state
Local Status : active
Local State : up
Peer Status : active
Peer State : up
Logical Interface : ae1.0
Topology Type : bridge
Local State : up
Peer State : up
Peer Ip/MCP/State : 3.3.3.2 ae0.0 up
Meaning This output shows that the MC-AE interface on Switch B is up and active.
Purpose Confirm that MAC address synchronization is working on both Switch A and Switch B.
Action [edit]
user@switch# show ethernet-switching table vlan v100
Ethernet-switching table: 3 unicast entries
VLAN MAC address Type Age Interfaces
v100 * Flood - All-members
v100 84:18:88:df:35:36 Static - Router
v100 84:18:88:df:83:0a Static - Router
Meaning The output shows two static MAC addresses in VLAN v100. The addresses belong to the
Layer 3 IRB/RVI interfaces of both Switch A and Switch B that you configured in the
MC-LAG VLAN. Appearance of both addresses indicates that MAC address synchronization
is working.
Troubleshooting
Problem The show interfaces terse command shows that the MC-LAG is down
• Verify that the MC-LAG is part of family Ethernet switching (Layer 2 LAG).
• Verify that the MC-LAG member is connected to the correct MC-LAG member at the
other end.
• Example: Configuring Multichassis Link Aggregation for Layer 3 Multicast Using VRRP
on page 253
• Example: Configuring Multichassis Link Aggregation for Layer 3 Multicast Using VRRP
on page 253
Example: Configuring Multichassis Link Aggregation for Layer 3 Unicast Using VRRP
There are two methods for enabling Layer 3 unicast functionality across a multichassis
link aggregation group (MC-LAG) to control traffic flow. You can choose either to
synchronize the MAC addresses for the Layer 3 interfaces of the switches participating
in the MC-LAG , or you can configure Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP), but
you cannot configure both at the same time. Because RVI interfaces share the same MAC
address, if you enable MAC address synchronization, packets received on an MC-LAG
peer with a destination MAC address that is the same as that of the peer’s IRB MAC
address will not be forwarded. The procedure to configure the VRRP for use in a Layer 3
unicast MC-LAG is included in this example. For more information about configuring MAC
address synchronization, see “Example: Configuring Multichassis Link Aggregation for
Layer 3 Unicast using MAC Address Synchronization” on page 211.
Requirements
This example uses the following hardware and software components:
Before you configure an MC-LAG, be sure that you understand how to:
Overview
In this example, you configure an MC-LAG across two switches by including interfaces
from both switches in an aggregated Ethernet interface (ae1). To support the MC-LAG,
create a second aggregated Ethernet interface (ae0) for the interchassis control
link-protection link (ICL-PL). Configure a multichassis protection link for the ICL-PL, the
Inter-Chassis Control Protocol (ICCP) for the peers hosting the MC-LAG, and Layer 3
connectivity between MC-LAG peers.
• Create a VRRP group and assign a virtual IP address that is shared between each switch
in the VRRP group
• Enable a member of a VRRP group to accept all packets destined for the virtual IP
address if it is the master in the VRRP group
Topology
The topology used in this example consists of two switches hosting an MC-LAGs. The
two switches are connected to a server. Figure 19 on page 171 shows the topology of this
example.
Table 14: Components of the Topology for Configuring a Multichassis LAG Between Two
Switches
Configuration
CLI Quick To quickly configure this example, copy the following commands, paste them in a text
Configuration file, remove any line breaks, change any details necessary to match your network
configuration, copy and paste the commands into the CLI at the [edit] hierarchy level ,
and then enter commit from configuration mode.
NOTE: This example shows how to configure MC-LAG using both the original
CLI and Enhanced Layer 2 Software (ELS).
In ELS, there are three different statements and one different option from
the original CLI:
Switch A—ELS
set chassis aggregated-devices ethernet device-count 2
set interfaces xe-0/0/12 ether-options 802.3ad ae0
set interfaces xe-0/0/13 ether-options 802.3ad ae0
set interfaces xe-0/0/44 ether-options 802.3ad ae1
set interfaces ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching interface-mode trunk
set interfaces ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v500 v100
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp active
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp system-id 00:01:02:03:04:05
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp admin-key 3
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mc-ae-id 3
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae chassis-id 0
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mode active-active
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae status-control active
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae init-delay-time 240
set interfaces ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching interface-mode trunk
set interfaces ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v100
set interfaces irb unit 100 family inet address 100.1.1.11/24 vrrp-group 1 virtual-address 100.1.1.1
set interfaces irb unit 100 family inet address 100.1.1.11/24 vrrp-group 1 priority 200
set interfaces irb unit 100 family inet address 100.1.1.11/24 vrrp-group 1 accept-data
set interfaces irb unit 500 family inet address 3.3.3.2/24
set vlans v100 vlan-id 100
set vlans v100 l3-interface irb.100
set vlans v500 vlan-id 500
set vlans v500 l3-interface irb.500
set protocols iccp local-ip-addr 3.3.3.2
set protocols iccp peer 3.3.3.1 session-establishment-hold-time 50
set protocols iccp peer 3.3.3.1 backup-liveness-detection backup-peer-ip 10.207.64.233
set protocols iccp peer 3.3.3.1 liveness-detection minimum-receive-interval 1000
set protocols iccp peer 3.3.3.1 liveness-detection transmit-interval minimum-interval 1000
set protocols rstp interface ae1.0 edge
set protocols rstp interface mode point-to-point
set protocols rstp bpdu-block-on-edge
set multi-chassis multi-chassis-protection 3.3.3.1 interface ae0
set switch-options service-id 10
Switch B—ELS:
set chassis aggregated-devices ethernet device-count 2
set interfaces xe-0/0/12 ether-options 802.3ad ae0
set interfaces xe-0/0/13 ether-options 802.3ad ae0
set interfaces xe-0/0/46 ether-options 802.3ad ae1
set interfaces ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching interface-mode trunk
set interfaces ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v500 v100
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp active
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp system-id 00:01:02:03:04:05
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp admin-key 3
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mc-ae-id 3
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae chassis-id 1
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mode active-active
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae status-control standby
set interfaces ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae init-delay-time 240
set interfaces ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching interface-mode trunk
set interfaces ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v100
set interfaces irb unit 100 family inet address 100.1.1.10/24 vrrp-group 1 virtual-address 100.1.1.1
set interfaces irb unit 100 family inet address 100.1.1.10/24 vrrp-group 1 priority 150
set interfaces irb unit 100 family inet address 100.1.1.10/24 vrrp-group 1 accept-data
set interfaces irb unit 500 family inet address 3.3.3.1/24
set vlans v100 vlan-id 100
set vlans v100 l3-interface irb.100
set vlans v500 vlan-id 500
set vlans v500 l3-interface irb.500
set protocols iccp local-ip-addr 3.3.3.1
set protocols iccp peer 3.3.3.2 session-establishment-hold-time 50
set protocols iccp peer 3.3.3.2 backup-liveness-detection backup-peer-ip 10.207.64.234
set protocols iccp peer 3.3.3.2 liveness-detection minimum-receive-interval 1000
set protocols iccp peer 3.3.3.2 liveness-detection transmit-interval minimum-interval 1000
set protocols rstp interface ae1.0 edge
set protocols rstp interface mode point-to-point
set protocols rstp bpdu-block-on-edge
set multi-chassis multi-chassis-protection 3.3.3.2 interface ae0
set switch-options service-id 10
Step-by-Step The following example requires you to navigate various levels in the configuration
Procedure hierarchy. For information about navigating the CLI, see Using the CLI Editor in Configuration
Mode in the CLI User Guide.
[edit chassis]
user@switch# set aggregated-devices ethernet device-count 2
Switch A:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set xe-0/0/44 ether-options 802.3ad ae1
Switch B:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set xe-0/0/46 ether-options 802.3ad ae1
3. Configure a trunk interface between Switch A and Switch B using the original CLI.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching port-mode trunk
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching interface-mode trunk
Switch A:
[edit]
user@switch# set multi-chassis multi-chassis-protection 3.3.3.1 interface ae0
Switch B:
[edit]
user@switch# set multi-chassis multi-chassis-protection 3.3.3.2 interface ae0
Step-by-Step The following example requires you to navigate various levels in the configuration
Procedure hierarchy. For information about navigating the CLI, see Using the CLI Editor in Configuration
Mode in the CLI User Guide.
To enable ICCP:
1. Configure the local IP address to be in the ICCP connection on Switch A and Switch
B.
Switch A:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp local-ip-addr 3.3.3.2
Switch B:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp local-ip-addr 3.3.3.1
2. Configure the peer IP address and minimum receive interval for a Bidirectional
Forwarding Detection (BFD) session for ICCP on Switch A and Switch B.
Switch A:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.1 liveness-detection minimum-receive-interval
1000
Switch B:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 liveness-detection minimum-receive-interval
1000
3. Configure the peer IP address and minimum transmit interval for a BFD session for
ICCP on Switch A and Switch B.
Switch A:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.1 liveness-detection transmit-interval
minimum-interval 1000
Switch B:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 liveness-detection transmit-interval
minimum-interval 1000
4. (Optional) Configure the time during which an ICCP connection must succeed
between MC-LAG peers on Switch A and Switch B.
Switch A:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.1 session-establishment-hold-time 50
Switch B:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 session-establishment-hold-time 50
5. (Optional) Configure the backup IP address to be used for backup liveness detection
on both Switch A and Switch B.
Switch A:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.1 backup-liveness-detection backup-peer-ip
10.207.64.233
Switch B:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 backup-liveness-detection backup-peer-ip
10.207.64.234
6. Configure Layer 3 connectivity between the MC-LAG peers on both Switch A and
Switch B using the original CLI.
[edit vlans]
user@switch# set v500 vlan-id 500
[edit vlans]
user@switch# set v500 l3-interface vlan.500
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching port-mode trunk vlan
members v500 v100
7. Configure Layer 3 connectivity between the MC-LAG peers on both Switch A and
Switch B using ELS.
edit vlans]
user@switch# set v500 vlan-id 500
[edit vlans]
user@switch# set v500 l3-interface irb.500
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching interface-mode trunk vlan
members v500 v100
NOTE: At least one end needs to be active. The other end can be either
active or passive.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp active
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mc-ae-id 3
ELS:
[edit]
user@switch# set switch-options service-id 10
4. Specify a unique chassis ID for the MC-LAG on the MC-LAG peers on Switch A and
Switch B.
Switch A:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae chassis-id 0
Switch B:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae chassis-id 1
5. Specify the operating mode of the MC-LAG on both Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mode active-active
NOTE: You must configure status control on both Switch A and Switch
B hosting the MC-LAG. If one peer is in active mode, the other must be
in standby mode.
Switch A:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae status-control active
Switch B:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae status-control standby
7. Specify the number of seconds by which the bring-up of the multichassis aggregated
Ethernet interface should be deferred after you reboot Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae init-delay-time 240
8. Specify the same LACP system ID for the MC-LAG on Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp system-ID 00:01:02:03:04:05
9. Specify the same LACP administration key on both Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp admin-key 3
10. Enable a VLAN on the MC-LAG on Switch A and Switch B using the original CLI.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching port-mode trunk
[edit]
user@switch# set vlans v100 vlan-id 100
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v100
11. Enable a VLAN on the MC-LAG on Switch A and Switch B using ELS.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching interface-mode trunk
[edit]
user@switch# set vlans v100 vlan-id 100
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v100
• Create a routed VLAN interface (RVI), assign a virtual IP address that is shared
between each switch in the VRRP group, and assign an individual IP address for
each switch in the VRRP group:
Switch A:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set vlan unit 100 family inet address 100.1.1.11/24 vrrp-group 1
virtual-address 100.1.1.1
Switch B:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set vlan unit 100 family inet address 100.1.1.10/24 vrrp-group 1
virtual-address 100.1.1.1
NOTE: The switch configured with the highest priority is the master.
Switch A:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set vlan unit 100 family inet address 100.1.1.11/24 vrrp-group 1
priority 200
Switch B:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set vlan unit 100 family inet address 100.1.1.10/24 vrrp-group 1
priority 150
• Enable the switch to accept all packets destined for the virtual IP address if it is
the master in the VRRP group:
Switch A:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set vlan unit 100 family inet address 100.1.1.11/24 vrrp-group 1
accept-data
Switch B:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set vlan unit 100 family inet address 100.1.1.10/24 vrrp-group 1
accept-data
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set vlans v100 l3-interface vlan.100
13. Enable VRRP on the MC-LAG on Switch A and Switch B using ELS:
• Create a routed VLAN interface (RVI), assign a virtual IP address that is shared
between each switch in the VRRP group, and assign an individual IP address for
each switch in the VRRP group:
Switch A:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set irb unit 100 family inet address 100.1.1.11/24 vrrp-group 1
virtual-address 100.1.1.1
Switch B:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set irb unit 100 family inet address 100.1.1.10/24 vrrp-group 1
virtual-address 100.1.1.1
NOTE: The switch configured with the highest priority is the master.
Switch A:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set irb unit 100 family inet address 100.1.1.11/24 vrrp-group 1
priority 200
Switch B:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set irb unit 100 family inet address 100.1.1.10/24 vrrp-group 1
priority 150
• Enable the switch to accept all packets destined for the virtual IP address if it is
the master in the VRRP group:
Switch A:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set irb unit 100 family inet address 100.1.1.11/24 vrrp-group 1
accept-data
Switch B:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set irb unit 100 family inet address 100.1.1.10/24 vrrp-group 1
accept-data
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set irb v100 l3-interface irb.100
NOTE: The all option is not available on ELS, so you cannot issue this
command on ELS.
[edit]
user@switch# set protocols rstp interface all mode point-to-point
ELS:
[edit]
user@switch# set protocols rstp interface ae1.0 mode point-to-point
[edit]
user@switch# set protocols rstp interface ae0.0 disable
[edit]
user@switch# set protocols rstp interface ae1.0 edge
4. Enable BPDU blocking on all interfaces except for the ICL-PL interfaces on Switch
A and Switch B.
[edit]
user@switch# set protocols rstp bpdu-block-on-edge
Results
From configuration mode , confirm your configuration by entering the show chassis, show
interfaces, show protocols, show multi-chassis, and show vlans commands. If the output
does not display the intended configuration, repeat the instructions in this example to
correct the configuration.
virtual-address 100.1.1.1;
priority 200;
accept-data;
}
}
}
}
unit 500 {
family inet {
address 3.3.3.2/24;
}
}
}
}
Switch A—ELS
members v100;
}
}
}
}
vlan {
unit 100 {
family inet {
address 100.1.1.11/24 {
vrrp-group 1 {
virtual-address 100.1.1.1;
priority 200;
accept-data;
}
}
}
}
unit 500 {
family inet {
address 3.3.3.2/24;
}
}
}
}
init-delay-time 240;
}
}
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
port-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v100;
}
}
}
}
vlan {
unit 100 {
family inet {
address 100.1.1.10/24 {
vrrp-group 1 {
virtual-address 100.1.1.1;
priority 200;
accept-data;
}
}
}
}
unit 500 {
family inet {
address 3.3.3.1/24;
}
}
}
}
bpdu-block-on-edge;
}
Switch B—ELS
active;
system-id 00:01:02:03:04:05;
admin-key 3;
}
mc-ae {
mc-ae-id 3;
chassis-id 1;
mode active-active;
status-control active;
init-delay-time 240;
}
}
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
interface-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v100;
}
}
}
}
vlan {
unit 100 {
family inet {
address 100.1.1.10/24 {
vrrp-group 1 {
virtual-address 100.1.1.1;
priority 200;
accept-data;
}
}
}
}
unit 500 {
family inet {
address 3.3.3.1/24;
}
}
}
rstp {
interface ae1.0 {
edge;
}
mode point-to-point;
}
bpdu-block-on-edge;
}
Verification
Verify that the configuration is working properly.
Action [edit]
user@switch> show iccp
Redundancy Group Information for peer 3.3.3.1
TCP Connection : Established
Liveliness Detection : Up
Meaning This output shows that the TCP connection between the peers hosting the MC-LAG is
up, liveness detection is up, and MCSNOOPD and ESWD client applications are running.
[edit]
user@switch> show iccp
Redundancy Group Information for peer 3.3.3.2
TCP Connection : Established
Liveliness Detection : Up
Meaning This output shows that the TCP connection between the peers hosting the MC-LAG is
up, liveness detection is up, and MCSNOOPD and ESWD client applications are running.
Action [edit]
user@switch> show lacp interfaces
Aggregated interface: ae1
LACP state: Role Exp Def Dist Col Syn Aggr Timeout Activity
xe-0/0/46 Actor No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Fast Active
xe-0/0/46 Partner No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Fast Active
LACP protocol: Receive State Transmit State Mux State
xe-0/0/46 Current Fast periodic Collecting distributing
Action [edit]
user@switch> show lacp interfaces
Verifying That the multichassis aggregated Ethernet and ICL-PL Interfaces Are
Up on Switch A
Purpose Verify that the multichassis aggregated Ethernet and Inter-chassis Link Protection (ICL-PL)
interfaces are up on Switch A.
Action [edit]
user@switch> show interfaces mc-ae
Member Link : ae1
Current State Machine's State: mcae active state
Local Status : active
Local State : up
Peer Status : active
Peer State : up
Logical Interface : ae1.0
Topology Type : bridge
Local State : up
Peer State : up
Peer Ip/MCP/State : 3.3.3.1 ae0.0 up
Meaning This output shows that the multichassis aggregated Ethernet and ICL-PL on Switch A is
up and active.
Verifying That the Multichassis Aggregated Ethernet and ICL-PL Interfaces Are
Up on Switch B
Purpose Verify that the multichassis aggregated Ethernet and ICL-PL interfaces are up on Switch
B.
Action [edit]
user@switch> show interfaces mc-ae
Member Link : ae1
Current State Machine's State: mcae active state
Local Status : active
Local State : up
Peer Status : active
Peer State : up
Logical Interface : ae1.0
Topology Type : bridge
Local State : up
Peer State : up
Peer Ip/MCP/State : 3.3.3.2 ae0.0 up
Meaning This output shows that the multichassis aggregated Ethernet and ICL-PL interface on
Switch B is up and active.
Action [edit]
user@switch> show ethernet-switching table
Ethernet-switching table: 6 entries, 1 learned, 0 persistent entriesC
VLAN MAC address Type Age Interfaces
v100 * Flood - All-members
v100 00:00:5e:00:01:01 Static - Router
v100 78:fe:3d:5a:07:42 Static - Router
v100 78:fe:3d:5b:ad:c2 Learn(R) 0 ae0.0
v500 * Flood - All-members
v500 78:fe:3d:5a:07:42 Static - Router
Meaning The output shows two static MAC address in VLAN v100 and one static MAC address in
VLAN v500. These addresses belong to the Layer 3 RVI addresses on both Switch A and
Switch B that you configured in the MC-LAG. The ICL-PL interface configured on the
VRRP master member learned the VLAN v100 Learn (R) MAC address of the VRRP
backup member.
Action [edit]
user@switch> show ethernet-switching table
Ethernet-switching table: 7 entries, 1 learned, 0 persistent entries
VLAN MAC address Type Age Interfaces
v100 * Flood - All-members
v100 00:00:5e:00:01:01 Static - Router
v100 78:fe:3d:5a:07:42 Learn(R) 0 ae0.0
v100 78:fe:3d:5b:ad:c2 Static - Router
v200 78:fe:3d:5b:ad:c2 Static - Router
v500 * Flood - All-members
v500 78:fe:3d:5b:ad:c2 Static - Router
Meaning The output shows two static MAC address in VLAN v100 and one static MAC address in
VLAN v500. These addresses belong to the Layer 3 RVI addresses on both Switch A and
Switch B that you configured in the MC-LAG. The ICL-PL interface configured on the
VRRP backup member learned the VLAN v100 Learn (R) MAC address of the VRRP
master member.
Purpose Verify that Switch A is the master member in the VRRP group.
Action [edit]
user@switch> show vrrp
Interface State Group VR state VR Mode Timer Type Address
vlan.100 up 1 master Active A 0.605 lcl 100.1.1.11
vip 100.1.1.1
Meaning The output shows that Switch A is the master member in the VRRP group.
Purpose Verify that Switch B is the backup member in the VRRP group.
Action [edit]
user@switch> show vrrp
Interface State Group VR state VR Mode Timer Type Address
vlan.100 up 1 backup Active A 0.605 lcl 100.1.1.10
vip 100.1.1.1
Meaning The output shows that Switch B is the backup member in the VRRP group.
Action [edit]
user@switch# run show interfaces terse vlan
Interface Admin Link Proto Local Remote
vlan up up
vlan.100 up up inet 100.1.1.1/24
100.1.1.11/24
vlan.500 up up inet 3.3.3.2/24
Meaning The output shows that the virtual IP address (100.1.1.1/24) is bound to the individual IP
address (100.1.1.11/24) on Switch A.
Action [edit]
user@switch# run show interfaces terse vlan
Interface Admin Link Proto Local Remote
vlan up up
vlan.100 up up inet 100.1.1.1/24
100.1.1.10/24
vlan.500 up up inet 3.3.3.1/24
Meaning The output shows that the virtual IP address (100.1.1.1/24) is bound to the individual IP
address (100.1.1.10/24) on Switch B.
Troubleshooting
Problem The show interfaces terse command shows that the MC-LAG is down.
3. Verify that the MC-LAG is part of family Ethernet switching (Layer 2 LAG).
4. Verify that the MC-LAG member is connected to the correct MC-LAG member at the
other end.
Example: Configuring Multichassis Link Aggregation for Layer 3 Multicast Using VRRP
There are two methods for enabling Layer 3 multicast functionality across a multichassis
link aggregation group (MC-LAG) to control traffic. You can choose either to synchronize
the MAC addresses for the Layer 3 interfaces of the switches participating in the MC-LAG
, or you can configure Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP), but you cannot
configure both at the same time. Because RVI interfaces share the same MAC address,
if you enable MAC address synchronization, packets received on an MC-LAG peer with
a destination MAC address that is the same as that of the peer’s IRB MAC address will
not be forwarded. The procedure to configure VRRP for use in a Layer 3 multicast MC-LAG
is included in this example.
Requirements
This example uses the following hardware and software components:
• Junos OS Release 12.3 or later for the QFX3500 and QFX3600 standalone switches
and Junos OS Release 13.2X51-D10 or later for the QFX5100 standalone switches.
Before you configure an MC-LAG for Layer 3 multicast using VRRP, be sure that you
understand how to:
Overview
In this example, you configure two MC-LAGs across two switches, consisting of two
aggregated Ethernet interfaces (ae1 and ae2). To support the MC-LAG, create a third
aggregated Ethernet interface (ae0) for the interchassis control link-protection link
(ICL-PL). Configure a multichassis protection link for the ICL-PL, the Inter-Chassis Control
Protocol (ICCP) for the peers hosting the MC-LAG, and Layer 3 connectivity between
MC-LAG peers.
To complete the configuration, enable VRRP by completing the following steps for each
MC-LAG:
2. Create a VRRP group and assign a virtual IP address that is shared between each
switch in the VRRP group.
3. Enable a member of a VRRP group to accept all packets destined for the virtual IP
address if it is the master in the VRRP group.
Topology
The topology used in this example consists of two switches hosting two MC-LAGs—ae1
and ae2. The two switches are connected to a multicast source (Server 1) over the MC-LAG
ae1, and a multicast receiver (Server 2) over the MC-LAG ae2. Figure 18 on page 150 shows
the topology of this example.
Server 1
(Multicast Source)
ae1
xe-0/0/44 xe-0/0/46
ae0
xe-0/0/13
xe-0/0/45 xe-0/0/47
ae2
g041361
Server 2
(Multicast Receiver)
Table 10 on page 150 details the topology used in this configuration example.
Table 15: Components of the Topology for Configuring a Multichassis LAG for Layer 3 Multicast
Using VRRP
Configuration
CLI Quick To quickly configure this example, copy the following commands, paste them in a text
Configuration file, remove any line breaks, change any details necessary to match your network
configuration, copy and paste the commands into the CLI at the [edit] hierarchy level ,
and then enter commit from configuration mode.
NOTE: This example shows how to configure MC-LAG using both the original
CLI and Enhanced Layer 2 Software (ELS).
In ELS, there are three different statements and one different option from
the original CLI:
Step-by-Step The following example requires you to navigate various levels in the configuration
Procedure hierarchy. For information about navigating the CLI, see Using the CLI Editor in Configuration
Mode in the CLI User Guide.
[edit chassis]
user@switch# set aggregated-devices ethernet device-count 3
Switch A:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set xe-0/0/44 ether-options 802.3ad ae1
user@switch# set xe-0/0/45 ether-options 802.3ad ae2
Switch B:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set xe-0/0/46 ether-options 802.3ad ae1
user@switch# set xe-0/0/47 ether-options 802.3ad ae2
4. Configure ae0 as the multichassis protection link between Switch A and Switch B.
Switch A:
[edit]
user@switch# set multi-chassis multi-chassis-protection 3.3.3.1 interface ae0
Switch B:
[edit]
user@switch# set multi-chassis multi-chassis-protection 3.3.3.2 interface ae0
1. Configure the local IP address to be in the ICCP connection on Switch A and Switch
B.
Switch A:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp local-ip-addr 3.3.3.2
Switch B:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp local-ip-addr 3.3.3.1
2. Configure the peer IP address, minimum receive interval, and minimum transmit
interval for a Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) session for ICCP on Switch
A and Switch B.
Switch A:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.1 liveness-detection minimum-receive-interval
1000
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.1 liveness-detection transmit-interval
minimum-interval 1000
Switch B:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 liveness-detection minimum-receive-interval
1000
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 liveness-detection transmit-interval
minimum-interval 1000
3. (Optional) Configure the time during which an ICCP connection must succeed
between MC-LAG peers on Switch A and Switch B.
Switch A:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.1 session-establishment-hold-time 50
Switch B:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 session-establishment-hold-time 50
4. (Optional) Configure the backup IP address to be used for backup liveness detection
on both Switch A and Switch B.
Switch A:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.1 backup-liveness-detection backup-peer-ip
10.207.64.233
Switch B:
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set iccp peer 3.3.3.2 backup-liveness-detection backup-peer-ip
10.207.64.234
5. Configure Layer 3 connectivity between the MC-LAG peers on both Switch A and
Switch B.
Switch A:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set vlan unit 500 family inet address 3.3.3.2/24
Switch B:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set vlan unit 500 family inet address 3.3.3.1/24
NOTE: At least one end needs to be active. The other end can be either
active or passive.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp active
user@switch# set ae2 aggregated-ether-options lacp active
2. Specify the same multichassis aggregated Ethernet identification number for each
MC-LAG peer on Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mc-ae-id 3
user@switch# set ae2 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mc-ae-id 4
ELS:
[edit]
set switch-options service-id 10
4. Specify a unique chassis ID for the MC-LAG on the MC-LAG peers on Switch A and
Switch B.
Switch A:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae chassis-id 0
user@switch# set ae2 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae chassis-id 0
Switch B:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae chassis-id 1
user@switch# set ae2 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae chassis-id 1
5. Specify the operating mode of the MC-LAGs on both Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mode active-active
user@switch# set ae2 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae mode active-active
6. Specify the status control for the MC-LAGs on Switch A and Switch B.
NOTE: You must configure status control on both Switch A and Switch
B hosting the MC-LAGs. If one peer is in active mode, the other must be
in standby mode.
Switch A:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae status-control active
user@switch# set ae2 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae status-control active
Switch B:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae status-control standby
user@switch# set ae2 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae status-control standby
7. Specify the number of seconds by which the bring-up of the MC-LAG interfaces
should be deferred after you reboot Switch A or Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae init-delay-time 420
user@switch# set ae2 aggregated-ether-options mc-ae init-delay-time 420
8. Specify the same LACP system ID for each MC-LAG on Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp system-ID 00:01:02:03:04:05
user@switch# set ae2 aggregated-ether-options lacp system-ID 00:01:02:03:04:06
9. Specify the same LACP administration key on both Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 aggregated-ether-options lacp admin-key 3
user@switch# set ae2 aggregated-ether-options lacp admin-key 3
[edit vlans]
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v100
user@switch# set ae2 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members v200
11. Configure ae1 and ae2 as trunk interfaces between Switch A and Switch B.
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching port-mode trunk
user@switch# set ae2 unit 0 family ethernet-switching port-mode trunk
ELS:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching interface-mode trunk
user@switch# set ae2 unit 0 family ethernet-switching interface-mode trunk
Switch A:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set vlan unit 100 family inet address 10.1.1.11/24 vrrp-group 1
virtual-address 10.1.1.1
user@switch# set vlan unit 200 family inet address 10.1.1.21/24 vrrp-group 2
virtual-address 10.1.1.2
Switch B:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set vlan unit 100 family inet address 10.1.1.10/24 vrrp-group 1
virtual-address 10.1.1.1
user@switch# set vlan unit 200 family inet address 10.1.1.20/24 vrrp-group 2
virtual-address 10.1.1.2
NOTE: The switch configured with the highest priority is the master.
Switch A:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set vlan unit 100 family inet address 10.1.1.11/24 vrrp-group 1 priority
200
user@switch# set vlan unit 200 family inet address 10.1.1.21/24 vrrp-group 2 priority
200
Switch B:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set vlan unit 100 family inet address 10.1.1.10/24 vrrp-group 1 priority
150
user@switch# set vlan unit 200 family inet address 10.1.1.20/24 vrrp-group 2 priority
150
3. Enable the switch to accept all packets destined for the virtual IP address if it is the
master in a VRRP group:
Switch A:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set vlan unit 100 family inet address 10.1.1.11/24 vrrp-group 1
accept-data
user@switch# set vlan unit 200 family inet address 10.1.1.21/24 vrrp-group 2
accept-data
Switch B:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set vlan unit 100 family inet address 10.1.1.10/24 vrrp-group 1
accept-data
user@switch# set vlan unit 200 family inet address 10.1.1.20/24 vrrp-group 2
accept-data
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set v100 l3-interface vlan.100
user@switch# set v200 l3-interface vlan.200
ELS:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set v100 l3-interface irb.100
user@switch# set v200 l3-interface irb.200
[edit protocols]
user@switch# set igmp-snooping vlan all
2. Assign the VLAN interfaces for the MC-LAGs as interfaces to the OSPF area on
Switch A and Switch B.
3. Configure the minimum receive interval, minimum transmit interval, and transmit
interval threshold for a Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) session for the
OSPF interfaces on Switch A and Switch B.
2. Configure the address ranges of the multicast groups for which Switch A and Switch
B can be a rendezvous point (RP).
3. Enable PIM on the VLAN interfaces for the MC-LAGs on Switch A and Switch B.
4. Configure each PIM interface’s priority for being selected as the designated router
(DR).
An interface with a higher priority value has a higher probability of being selected
as the DR.
Switch A:
[edit protocols pim]
user@switch# set interface vlan.100 priority 200
user@switch# set interface vlan.200 priority 600
Switch B:
[edit protocols pim]
user@switch# set interface vlan.100 priority 100
user@switch# set interface vlan.200 priority 500
5. Configure the minimum receive interval, minimum transmit interval, and transmit
interval threshold for a Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) session for the
PIM interfaces on Switch A and Switch B.
NOTE: The ae1 and ae2 interfaces are downstream interfaces. This is
why RSTP and bpdu-block-on-edge need to be configured.
5. Enable BPDU blocking on all interfaces except for the ICL-PL interfaces on Switch
A and Switch B.
NOTE: The ae1 and ae2 interfaces are downstream interfaces. This is
why RSTP and bpdu-block-on-edge need to be configured.
Results
From configuration mode on Switch A, confirm your configuration by entering the show
chassis, show interfaces, show multi-chassis, show protocols, and show vlans commands.
If the output does not display the intended configuration, repeat the instructions in this
example to correct the configuration.
mc-ae-id 3;
chassis-id 0;
mode active-active;
status-control active;
init-delay-time 240;
}
}
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
port-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v100;
}
}
}
}
ae2 {
aggregated-ether-options {
lacp {
active;
system-id 00:01:02:03:04:06;
admin-key 3;
}
mc-ae {
mc-ae-id 4;
chassis-id 0;
mode active-active;
status-control active;
init-delay-time 240;
}
}
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
port-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v200;
}
}
}
}
vlan {
unit 100 {
family inet {
address 10.1.1.11/24 {
vrrp-group 1 {
virtual-address 10.1.1.1;
priority 200;
accept-data;
}
}
}
}
unit 200 {
family inet {
address 10.1.1.21/24 {
vrrp-group 2 {
virtual-address 10.1.1.2;
priority 200;
accept-data;
}
}
}
}
unit 500 {
family inet {
address 3.3.3.2/24;
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
interface vlan.200 {
priority 600;
dual-dr;
bfd-liveness-detection { ## Warning: 'bfd-liveness-detection' is deprecated
minimum-receive-interval 700;
transmit-interval {
minimum-interval 350;
threshold 500;
}
}
}
}
iccp {
local-ip-addr 3.3.3.2;
peer 3.3.3.1 {
session-establishment-hold-time 50;
backup-liveness-detection {
backup-peer-ip 10.207.64.233;
}
liveness-detection {
minimum-receive-interval 1000;
transmit-interval {
minimum-interval 1000;
}
}
}
}
igmp-snooping {
vlan all;
}
rstp {
interface ae0.0 {
disable;
}
interface ae1.0 {
edge;
}
interface ae2.0 {
edge;
}
interface all {
mode point-to-point;
}
bpdu-block-on-edge;
}
l3-interface vlan.100;
}
v200 {
vlan-id 200;
l3-interface vlan.200;
}
v500 {
vlan-id 500;
l3-interface vlan.500;
}
Switch A—ELS
}
mc-ae {
mc-ae-id 3;
chassis-id 0;
mode active-active;
status-control active;
init-delay-time 240;
}
}
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
interface-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v100;
}
}
}
}
ae2 {
aggregated-ether-options {
lacp {
active;
system-id 00:01:02:03:04:06;
admin-key 3;
}
mc-ae {
mc-ae-id 4;
chassis-id 0;
mode active-active;
status-control active;
init-delay-time 240;
}
}
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
interface-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v200;
}
}
}
}
irb {
unit 100 {
family inet {
address 10.1.1.11/24 {
vrrp-group 1 {
virtual-address 10.1.1.1;
priority 200;
accept-data;
}
}
}
}
unit 200 {
family inet {
address 10.1.1.21/24 {
vrrp-group 2 {
virtual-address 10.1.1.2;
priority 200;
accept-data;
}
}
}
}
unit 500 {
family inet {
address 3.3.3.2/24;
}
}
}
threshold 500;
}
}
}
interface vlan.200 {
priority 600;
dual-dr;
bfd-liveness-detection {
minimum-receive-interval 700;
transmit-interval {
minimum-interval 350;
threshold 500;
}
}
}
}
iccp {
local-ip-addr 3.3.3.2;
peer 3.3.3.1 {
session-establishment-hold-time 50;
backup-liveness-detection {
backup-peer-ip 10.207.64.233;
}
liveness-detection {
minimum-receive-interval 1000;
transmit-interval {
minimum-interval 1000;
}
}
}
}
igmp-snooping {
vlan all;
}
rstp {
interface ae1.0 {
edge;
}
interface ae2.0 {
edge;
}
interface ae1.0{
mode point-to-point;
}
bpdu-block-on-edge;
}
vlan-id 100;
l3-interface irb.100;
}
v200 {
vlan-id 200;
l3-interface irb.200;
}
v500 {
vlan-id 500;
l3-interfac irb.500;
}
From configuration mode on Switch B, confirm your configuration by entering the show
chassis, show interfaces, show multi-chassis, show protocols, and show vlans commands.
If the output does not display the intended configuration, repeat the instructions in this
example to correct the configuration.
}
ae1 {
aggregated-ether-options {
lacp {
active;
system-id 00:01:02:03:04:05;
admin-key 3;
}
mc-ae {
mc-ae-id 3;
chassis-id 1;
mode active-active;
status-control standby;
}
}
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
port-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v100;
}
}
}
}
ae2 {
aggregated-ether-options {
lacp {
active;
system-id 00:01:02:03:04:06;
admin-key 3;
}
mc-ae {
mc-ae-id 4;
chassis-id 1;
mode active-active;
status-control active;
init-delay-time 240;
}
}
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
port-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v200;
}
}
}
}
irb {
unit 100 {
family inet {
address 10.1.1.10/24 {
vrrp-group 1 {
virtual-address 10.1.1.1;
priority 150;
accept-data;
}
}
}
}
unit 200 {
family inet {
address 10.1.1.20/24 {
vrrp-group 2 {
virtual-address 10.1.1.2;
priority 150;
accept-data;
}
}
}
}
unit 500 {
family inet {
address 3.3.3.1/24;
}
}
}
}
interface vlan.100 {
priority 100;
dual-dr;
bfd-liveness-detection { ## Warning: 'bfd-liveness-detection' is deprecated
minimum-receive-interval 700;
transmit-interval {
minimum-interval 350;
threshold 500;
}
}
}
interface vlan.200 {
priority 500;
dual-dr;
bfd-liveness-detection { ## Warning: 'bfd-liveness-detection' is deprecated
minimum-receive-interval 700;
transmit-interval {
minimum-interval 350;
threshold 500;
}
}
}
}
iccp {
local-ip-addr 3.3.3.1;
peer 3.3.3.2 {
session-establishment-hold-time 50;
backup-liveness-detection {
backup-peer-ip 10.207.64.234;
}
liveness-detection {
minimum-receive-interval 1000;
transmit-interval {
minimum-interval 1000;
}
}
}
}
igmp-snooping {
vlan all;
}
rstp {
interface ae0.0 {
disable;
}
interface ae1.0 {
edge;
}
interface ae2.0 {
edge;
}
interface all {
mode point-to-point;
}
bpdu-block-on-edge;
}
Switch B–-ELS
}
}
}
}
ae1 {
aggregated-ether-options {
lacp {
active;
system-id 00:01:02:03:04:05;
admin-key 3;
}
mc-ae {
mc-ae-id 3;
chassis-id 1;
mode active-active;
status-control standby;
}
}
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
interface-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v100;
}
}
}
}
ae2 {
aggregated-ether-options {
lacp {
active;
system-id 00:01:02:03:04:06;
admin-key 3;
}
mc-ae {
mc-ae-id 4;
chassis-id 1;
mode active-active;
status-control active;
init-delay-time 240;
}
}
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
interface-mode trunk;
vlan {
members v200;
}
}
}
}
irb {
unit 100 {
family inet {
address 10.1.1.10/24 {
vrrp-group 1 {
virtual-address 10.1.1.1;
priority 150;
accept-data;
}
}
}
}
unit 200 {
family inet {
address 10.1.1.20/24 {
vrrp-group 2 {
virtual-address 10.1.1.2;
priority 150;
accept-data;
}
}
}
}
unit 500 {
family inet {
address 3.3.3.1/24;
}
}
}
}
}
interface vlan.100 {
priority 100;
dual-dr;
bfd-liveness-detection {
minimum-receive-interval 700;
transmit-interval {
minimum-interval 350;
threshold 500;
}
}
}
interface vlan.200 {
priority 500;
dual-dr;
bfd-liveness-detection {
minimum-receive-interval 700;
transmit-interval {
minimum-interval 350;
threshold 500;
}
}
}
}
iccp {
local-ip-addr 3.3.3.1;
peer 3.3.3.2 {
session-establishment-hold-time 50;
backup-liveness-detection {
backup-peer-ip 10.207.64.234;
}
liveness-detection {
minimum-receive-interval 1000;
transmit-interval {
minimum-interval 1000;
}
}
}
}
igmp-snooping {
vlan all;
}
rstp {
interface ae1.0 {
edge;
}
interface ae2.0 {
edge;
}
interface ae1.0{
mode point-to-point;
}
bpdu-block-on-edge;
}
Verification
Verify that the configuration is working properly.
Action From operational mode, enter the show pim interfaces command.
Meaning The DDR-DR state of the VLAN interfaces in the output shows that Switch A is the master
designated router.
Action From operational mode, enter the show pim interfaces command.
Meaning The DDR-BDR state of the VLAN interfaces in the output shows that Switch B is the
backup designated router.
Example: Configuring Multichassis Link Aggregation for Layer 3 Multicast Using VRRP
on MX Series Routers
There are two methods for enabling Layer 3 multicast functionality across a multichassis
link aggregation group (MC-LAG). You can choose either to configure the Virtual Router
Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) or synchronize the MAC addresses for the Layer 3 interfaces
of the routers participating in the MC-LAG to load balance the traffic. The procedure to
configure VRRP for use in a Layer 3 multicast MC-LAG is included in this example.
Requirements
This example uses the following hardware and software components:
Before you configure an MC-LAG for Layer 3 multicast using VRRP, be sure that you
understand how to:
Overview
In this example, you configure an MC-LAG across two routers by including interfaces from
both routers in an aggregated Ethernet interface (ae1). To support the MC-LAG, create
a second aggregated Ethernet interface (ae0) for the interchassis control link-protection
link (ICL-PL). Configure a multichassis protection link for the ICL-PL, Inter-Chassis Control
Protocol (ICCP) for the peers hosting the MC-LAG, and Layer 3 connectivity between
MC-LAG peers.
• Create a VRRP group and assign a virtual IP address that is shared between each router
in the VRRP group.
• Enable a member of a VRRP group to accept all packets destined for the virtual IP
address if it is the master in the VRRP group.
Consider a sample topology in which a customer edge router, CE, is connected to two
provider edge (PE) routers, PE1 and PE2, respectively. The two PE devices each have a
link aggregation group (LAG) connected to the CE device. The configured mode is
active-active, meaning that both PE routers’ LAG ports are active and carrying traffic at
the same time. PE1 and PE2 are connected to a single service provider router, P.
In Figure 13 on page 96, from the perspective of the CE device, all four ports belonging to
a LAG are connected to a single service provider device. Because the configured mode
is active-active, all four ports are active, and the CE device load-balances the traffic to
the peering PE devices. On the PE routers, a regular LAG is configured facing the CE device.
On one end of an MC-LAG is an MC-LAG client device, such as a server, that has one or
more physical links in a LAG. This client device does not need to detect the MC-LAG. On
the other side of an MC-LAG are two MC-LAG routers. Each of the routers has one or
more physical links connected to a single client device. The routers coordinate with each
other to ensure that data traffic is forwarded properly.
Topology Diagram
PE1
CE ICL ICCP P
Sender/Receiver Sender/Receiver
PE2
g041104
Sender/Receiver
Router PE1
Step-by-Step The following example requires you to navigate various levels in the configuration
Procedure hierarchy. For information about navigating the CLI, see Using the CLI Editor in Configuration
Mode in the CLI User Guide.
[edit chassis]
user@PE1# set aggregated-devices ethernet device-count 5
[edit interfaces]
user@PE1# set ge-1/0/1 gigether-options 802.3ad ae1
user@PE1# set ge-1/0/6 gigether-options 802.3ad ae0
[edit interfaces]
user@PE1# set ge-1/1/1 flexible-vlan-tagging
user@PE1# set ge-1/1/1 encapsulation flexible-ethernet-services
user@PE1# set ge-1/1/1 unit 0 encapsulation vlan-bridge
user@PE1# set ge-1/1/1 unit 0 vlan-id-range 100-110
user@PE1# set ge-1/1/4 flexible-vlan-tagging
user@PE1# set ge-1/1/4 encapsulation flexible-ethernet-services
user@PE1# set ge-1/1/4 unit 0 encapsulation vlan-bridge
user@PE1# set ge-1/1/4 unit 0 vlan-id-range 100-110
user@PE1# set ge-1/0/2 unit 0 family inet address 100.100.100.1/30
The chassis-id statement is used by LACP for calculating the port number of the
MC-LAG's physical member links. Router PE1 uses chassid-id 1 to identify both its
ae0 and ae1 interfaces. Router PE2 (as shown in “Router PE2” on page 97) uses
chassis-id 0 to identify both its ae0 and ae1 interfaces.
The ports within a bridge domain share the same flooding or broadcast
characteristics in order to perform Layer 2 bridging.
[edit switch-options]
user@PE1# set service-id 10
You must configure the same unique network-wide configuration for a service in
the set of PE routers providing the service. This service ID is required if the
multichassis aggregated Ethernet interfaces are part of a bridge domain.
NOTE: The router configured with the highest priority is the master.
PE1
[edit interfaces]
user@PE1# set vlan unit 100 family inet address 10.1.1.11/24 vrrp-group 1 priority 200
user@PE1 #set vlan unit 200 family inet address 10.1.1.21/24 vrrp-group 2 priority
200
PE2
[edit interfaces]
user@PE2# set vlan unit 100 family inet address 10.1.1.10/24 vrrp-group 1 priority
150
user@PE2# set vlan unit 200 family inet address 10.1.1.20/24 vrrp-group 2 priority
150
2. Enable the router to accept all packets destined for the virtual IP address if it is the
master in a VRRP group.
PE1
[edit interfaces]
user@PE1# set vlan unit 100 family inet address 10.1.1.11/24 vrrp-group 1 accept-data
PE2
[edit interfaces]
user@PE2# set vlan unit 100 family inet address 10.1.1.10/24 vrrp-group 1 accept-data
user@PE2# set vlan unit 200 family inet address 10.1.1.20/24 vrrp-group 2
accept-data
2. Assign the VLAN interfaces for the MC-LAGs as interfaces to the OSPF area .
3. Configure the minimum receive interval, minimum transmit interval, and transmit
interval threshold for a Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) session for the
OSPF interfaces .
2. Configure the address ranges of the multicast groups for which PE1 and PE2 can be
a rendezvous point (RP).
3. Enable PIM on the VLAN interfaces for the MC-LAGs on PE1 and PE2.
4. Configure each PIM interface’s priority for being selected as the designated router
(DR).
An interface with a higher priority value has a higher probability of being selected
as the DR.
5. Configure the minimum receive interval, minimum transmit interval, and transmit
interval threshold for a Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) session for the
PIM interfaces on PE1 and PE2.
[edit]
user@PE1# set protocols rstp interface ae1.0 edge
3. Enable BPDU blocking on all interfaces except for the ICL-PL interfaces on PE1 and
PE2.
[edit]
user@PE1# set protocols rstp bpdu-block-on-edge
Results
From configuration mode, confirm your configuration by entering the show bridge-domains,
show chassis, show interfaces, show protocols, and show switch-options commands. If
the output does not display the intended configuration, repeat the instructions in this
example to correct the configuration.
}
}
ge-1/1/1 {
flexible-vlan-tagging;
encapsulation flexible-ethernet-services;
unit 0 {
encapsulation vlan-bridge;
vlan-id-range 100-110;
}
}
ge-1/1/4 {
flexible-vlan-tagging;
encapsulation flexible-ethernet-services;
unit 0 {
encapsulation vlan-bridge;
vlan-id-range 100-110;
}
}
ae0 {
flexible-vlan-tagging;
encapsulation flexible-ethernet-services;
aggregated-ether-options {
lacp {
active;
system-priority 100;
system-id 00:00:00:00:00:05;
admin-key 1;
}
mc-ae {
mc-ae-id 5;
redundancy-group 10;
chassis-id 1;
mode active-active;
status-control active;
}
}
unit 0 {
encapsulation vlan-bridge;
vlan-id-range 100-110;
multi-chassis-protection 100.100.100.2 {
interface ge-1/1/4.0;
}
}
}
ae1 {
flexible-vlan-tagging;
encapsulation flexible-ethernet-services;
aggregated-ether-options {
lacp {
active;
system-priority 100;
system-id 00:00:00:00:00:05;
admin-key 1;
}
mc-ae {
mc-ae-id 10;
redundancy-group 10;
chassis-id 1;
mode active-active;
status-control active;
}
}
unit 0 {
encapsulation vlan-bridge;
vlan-id-range 100-110;
multi-chassis-protection 100.100.100.2 {
interface ge-1/1/4.0;
}
}
}
mode point-to-point;
}
bpdu-block-on-edge;
}
ospf {
area 0.0.0.0 {
interface ge-1/1/1.0 {
bfd-liveness-detection {
minimum-receive-interval 700;
transmit-interval {
minimum-interval 350;
threshold 500;
}
}
}
interface ge-1/4/1.0 {
bfd-liveness-detection {
minimum-receive-interval 700;
transmit-interval {
minimum-interval 350;
threshold 500;
}
}
}
}
}
pim {
rp {
static {
address 1.0.0.3 {
group-ranges {
239.0.0.0/8;
}
}
}
}
interface ge-1/1/1.0 {
priority 600;
version 2;
bfd-liveness-detection { ## Warning: 'bfd-liveness-detection' is deprecated
minimum-receive-interval 700;
transmit-interval {
minimum-interval 350;
threshold 500;
}
}
}
interface ge-1/4/1.0 {
priority 200;
version 2;
bfd-liveness-detection { ## Warning: 'bfd-liveness-detection' is deprecated
minimum-receive-interval 700;
transmit-interval {
minimum-interval 350;
threshold 500;
}
}
}
}
If you are done configuring the device, enter commit from configuration mode.
Repeat the procedure for Router PE2, using the appropriate interface names and
addresses.
Router CE
Step-by-Step The following example requires you to navigate various levels in the configuration
Procedure hierarchy. For information about navigating the CLI, see Using the CLI Editor in Configuration
Mode in the CLI User Guide.
[edit chassis]
user@CE# set aggregated-devices ethernet device-count 2
[edit interfaces]
user@CE# set ge-2/0/2 gigether-options 802.3ad ae0
user@CE# set ge-2/0/3 gigether-options 802.3ad ae0
For the system-priority statement, a smaller value indicates a higher priority. The
device with the lower system priority value determines which links between LACP
partner devices are active and which are in standby mode for each LACP group. The
device on the controlling end of the link uses port priorities to determine which ports
are bundled into the aggregated bundle and which ports are put in standby mode.
Port priorities on the other device (the noncontrolling end of the link) are ignored.
The ports within a bridge domain share the same flooding or broadcast
characteristics in order to perform Layer 2 bridging.
Results
From configuration mode, confirm your configuration by entering the show bridge-domains,
show chassis, and show interfaces commands. If the output does not display the intended
configuration, repeat the instructions in this example to correct the configuration.
aggregated-devices {
ethernet {
device-count 2;
}
}
If you are done configuring the device, enter commit from configuration mode.
Router P
Step-by-Step The following example requires you to navigate various levels in the configuration
Procedure hierarchy. For information about navigating the CLI, see Using the CLI Editor in Configuration
Mode in the CLI User Guide.
To configure Router P:
[edit chassis]
user@P# set aggregated-devices ethernet device-count 2
[edit interfaces]
user@P# set ge-1/0/5 gigether-options 802.3ad ae1
user@P# set ge-1/0/11 gigether-options 802.3ad ae1
Results
From configuration mode, confirm your configuration by entering the show bridge-domains,
show chassis, and show interfaces commands. If the output does not display the intended
configuration, repeat the instructions in this example to correct the configuration.
If you are done configuring the device, enter commit from configuration mode.
Verification
Confirm that the configuration is working properly by running the following commands:
• show iccp
• show vrrp
Troubleshooting
Problem The show interfaces terse command shows that the MC-LAG is down.
• Verify that the MC-LAG is part of family Ethernet switching (Layer 2 LAG).
• Verify that the MC-LAG member is connected to the correct MC-LAG member at the
other end.
Related • Active-Active Bridging and VRRP over IRB Functionality on MX Series Routers Overview
Documentation on page 68
• Configuring Active-Active Bridging and VRRP over IRB in Multichassis Link Aggregation
on MX Series Routers on page 80
• Example: Configuring Multichassis Link Aggregation for Layer 3 Unicast Using VRRP
on MX Series Routers on page 309
Example: Configuring Multichassis Link Aggregation for Layer 3 Unicast Using VRRP
on MX Series Routers
There are two methods for enabling Layer 3 unicast functionality across a multichassis
link aggregation group (MC-LAG) to control traffic flow. You can choose either to configure
the Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) or synchronize the MAC addresses for
the Layer 3 interfaces of the routers participating in the MC-LAG. The procedure to
configure VRRP for use in a Layer 3 unicast MC-LAG is included in this example.
Requirements
This example uses the following hardware and software components:
Before you configure an MC-LAG, be sure that you understand how to:
Overview
In this example, you configure an MC-LAG across two routers by including interfaces from
both routers in an aggregated Ethernet interface (ae1). To support the MC-LAG, create
a second aggregated Ethernet interface (ae0) for the interchassis control link-protection
link (ICL-PL). Configure a multichassis protection link for the ICL-PL, Inter-Chassis Control
Protocol (ICCP) for the peers hosting the MC-LAG, and Layer 3 connectivity between
MC-LAG peers.
2. Create a VRRP group and assign a virtual IP address that is shared between each
router in the VRRP group.
3. Enable a member of a VRRP group to accept all packets destined for the virtual IP
address if it is the master in the VRRP group.
Consider a sample topology in which a customer edge router, CE, is connected to two
provider edge (PE) routers, PE1 and PE2, respectively. The two PE devices each have a
LAG connected to the CE device. The configured mode is active-active, meaning that
both PE routers’ LAG ports are active and carrying traffic at the same time. PE1 and PE2
are connected to a single service provider router, P.
In this example, the CE router is not aware that its aggregated Ethernet links are connected
to two separate PE devices. The two PE devices each have a LAG connected to the CE
device. The configured mode is active-active, meaning that both PE routers’ LAG ports
are active and carrying traffic at the same time.
In Figure 13 on page 96, from the perspective of Router CE, all four ports belonging to a
LAG are connected to a single service provider device. Because the configured mode is
active-active, all four ports are active, and the CE device load-balances the traffic to the
peering PE devices. On the PE routers, a regular LAG is configured facing the CE device.
On one end of an MC-LAG is an MC-LAG client device, such as a server, that has one or
more physical links in a link aggregation group (LAG). This client device does not need
to detect the MC-LAG. On the other side of an MC-LAG are two MC-LAG routers. Each
of the routers has one or more physical links connected to a single client device. The
routers coordinate with each other to ensure that data traffic is forwarded properly.
ICCP messages are sent between the two PE devices. In this example, you configure an
MC-LAG across two routers, consisting of two aggregated Ethernet interfaces, an
interchassis control link-protection link (ICL-PL), multichassis protection link for the
ICL-PL, and ICCP for the peers hosting the MC-LAG.
Topology Diagram
PE1
CE ICL ICCP P
Sender/Receiver Sender/Receiver
PE2
g041104
Sender/Receiver
Router PE1
Step-by-Step The following example requires you to navigate various levels in the configuration
Procedure hierarchy. For information about navigating the CLI, see Using the CLI Editor in Configuration
Mode in the CLI User Guide.
[edit chassis]
user@PE1# set aggregated-devices ethernet device-count 5
[edit interfaces]
user@PE1# set ge-1/0/1 gigether-options 802.3ad ae1
user@PE1# set ge-1/0/6 gigether-options 802.3ad ae0
3. Configure the interfaces that connect to senders or receivers, the ICL interfaces,
and the ICCP interfaces.
[edit interfaces]
user@PE1# set ge-1/1/1 flexible-vlan-tagging
user@PE1# set ge-1/1/1 encapsulation flexible-ethernet-services
user@PE1# set ge-1/1/1 unit 0 encapsulation vlan-bridge
user@PE1# set ge-1/1/1 unit 0 vlan-id-range 100-110
user@PE1# set ge-1/1/4 flexible-vlan-tagging
user@PE1# set ge-1/1/4 encapsulation flexible-ethernet-services
user@PE1# set ge-1/1/4 unit 0 encapsulation vlan-bridge
user@PE1# set ge-1/1/4 unit 0 vlan-id-range 100-110
user@PE1# set ge-1/0/2 unit 0 family inet address 100.100.100.1/30
The chassis-id statement is used by LACP for calculating the port number of the
MC-LAG's physical member links. Router PE1 uses chassid-id 1 to identify both its
ae0 and ae1 interfaces. Router PE2 (as shown in “Router PE2” on page 97) uses
chassis-id 0 to identify both its ae0 and ae1 interfaces.
The ports within a bridge domain share the same flooding or broadcast
characteristics in order to perform Layer 2 bridging.
[edit switch-options]
user@PE1# set service-id 10
You must configure the same unique network-wide configuration for a service in
the set of PE routers providing the service. This service ID is required if the
multichassis aggregated Ethernet interfaces are part of a bridge domain.
• Create a routed VLAN interface (RVI), assign a virtual IP address that is shared
between each router in the VRRP group, and assign an individual IP address for
each router in the VRRP group:
[edit interfaces]
user@PE1# set vlan unit 100 family inet address 100.1.1.11/24 vrrp-group 1 virtual-address
100.1.1.1
• Assign the priority for each router in the VRRP group:
NOTE: The router configured with the highest priority is the master.
[edit interfaces]
user@PE1# set vlan unit 100 family inet address 100.1.1.11/24 vrrp-group 1 priority 200
• Enable the router to accept all packets destined for the virtual IP address if it is
the master in the VRRP group:
[edit interfaces]
user@PE1# set vlan unit 100 family inet address 100.1.1.11/24 vrrp-group 1 accept-data
[edit]
user@PE1# set protocols rstp interface ae1.0 edge
3. Enable BPDU blocking on all interfaces except for the ICL-PL interfaces .
[edit]
user@PE1# set protocols rstp bpdu-block-on-edge
Results
From configuration mode, confirm your configuration by entering the show bridge-domains,
show chassis, show interfaces, show protocols, and show switch-options commands. If
the output does not display the intended configuration, repeat the instructions in this
example to correct the configuration.
}
}
ge-1/1/1 {
flexible-vlan-tagging;
encapsulation flexible-ethernet-services;
unit 0 {
encapsulation vlan-bridge;
vlan-id-range 100-110;
}
}
ge-1/1/4 {
flexible-vlan-tagging;
encapsulation flexible-ethernet-services;
unit 0 {
encapsulation vlan-bridge;
vlan-id-range 100-110;
}
}
ae0 {
flexible-vlan-tagging;
encapsulation flexible-ethernet-services;
aggregated-ether-options {
lacp {
active;
system-priority 100;
system-id 00:00:00:00:00:05;
admin-key 1;
}
mc-ae {
mc-ae-id 5;
redundancy-group 10;
chassis-id 1;
mode active-active;
status-control active;
}
}
unit 0 {
encapsulation vlan-bridge;
vlan-id-range 100-110;
multi-chassis-protection 100.100.100.2 {
interface ge-1/1/4.0;
}
}
}
ae1 {
flexible-vlan-tagging;
encapsulation flexible-ethernet-services;
aggregated-ether-options {
lacp {
active;
system-priority 100;
system-id 00:00:00:00:00:05;
admin-key 1;
}
mc-ae {
mc-ae-id 10;
redundancy-group 10;
chassis-id 1;
mode active-active;
status-control active;
}
}
unit 0 {
encapsulation vlan-bridge;
vlan-id-range 100-110;
multi-chassis-protection 100.100.100.2 {
interface ge-1/1/4.0;
}
}
}
If you are done configuring the device, enter commit from configuration mode.
Repeat the procedure for Router PE2, using the appropriate interface names and
addresses.
Router CE
Step-by-Step The following example requires you to navigate various levels in the configuration
Procedure hierarchy. For information about navigating the CLI, see Using the CLI Editor in Configuration
Mode in the CLI User Guide.
[edit chassis]
user@CE# set aggregated-devices ethernet device-count 2
[edit interfaces]
user@CE# set ge-2/0/2 gigether-options 802.3ad ae0
user@CE# set ge-2/0/3 gigether-options 802.3ad ae0
For the system-priority statement, a smaller value indicates a higher priority. The
device with the lower system priority value determines which links between LACP
partner devices are active and which are in standby mode for each LACP group. The
device on the controlling end of the link uses port priorities to determine which ports
are bundled into the aggregated bundle and which ports are put in standby mode.
Port priorities on the other device (the noncontrolling end of the link) are ignored.
The ports within a bridge domain share the same flooding or broadcast
characteristics in order to perform Layer 2 bridging.
Results
From configuration mode, confirm your configuration by entering the show bridge-domains,
show chassis, and show interfaces commands. If the output does not display the intended
configuration, repeat the instructions in this example to correct the configuration.
ae0 {
flexible-vlan-tagging;
encapsulation flexible-ethernet-services;
aggregated-ether-options {
lacp {
active;
system-priority 100;
}
}
unit 0 {
encapsulation vlan-bridge;
vlan-id-range 100-500;
}
}
If you are done configuring the device, enter commit from configuration mode.
Router P
Step-by-Step The following example requires you to navigate various levels in the configuration
Procedure hierarchy. For information about navigating the CLI, see Using the CLI Editor in Configuration
Mode in the CLI User Guide.
To configure Router P:
[edit chassis]
user@P# set aggregated-devices ethernet device-count 2
[edit interfaces]
user@P# set ge-1/0/5 gigether-options 802.3ad ae1
user@P# set ge-1/0/11 gigether-options 802.3ad ae1
Results
From configuration mode, confirm your configuration by entering the show bridge-domains,
show chassis, and show interfaces commands. If the output does not display the intended
configuration, repeat the instructions in this example to correct the configuration.
ge-1/0/5 {
gigether-options {
802.3ad ae1;
}
}
ge-1/0/11 {
gigether-options {
802.3ad ae1;
}
}
ge-1/1/3 {
flexible-vlan-tagging;
encapsulation flexible-ethernet-services;
unit 0 {
encapsulation vlan-bridge;
vlan-id-range 100-500;
}
}
ae1 {
flexible-vlan-tagging;
encapsulation flexible-ethernet-services;
aggregated-ether-options {
lacp {
active;
system-priority 100;
}
}
unit 0 {
encapsulation vlan-bridge;
vlan-id-range 100-110;
}
}
If you are done configuring the device, enter commit from configuration mode.
Verification
Confirm that the configuration is working properly by running the following commands:
• show iccp
• show vrrp
Troubleshooting
Problem The show interfaces terse command shows that the MC-LAG is down.
3. Verify that the MC-LAG is part of family Ethernet switching (Layer 2 LAG).
4. Verify that the MC-LAG member is connected to the correct MC-LAG member at the
other end.
Related • Active-Active Bridging and VRRP over IRB Functionality on MX Series Routers Overview
Documentation on page 68
• Configuring Active-Active Bridging and VRRP over IRB in Multichassis Link Aggregation
on MX Series Routers on page 80
• Example: Configuring Multichassis Link Aggregation for Layer 3 Multicast Using VRRP
on MX Series Routers on page 290
Multichassis link aggregation groups (MC-LAGs) provide redundancy and load balancing
between two QFX Series switches, multihoming support for client devices such as servers,
and a loop-free Layer 2 network without running the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP).
You can use an MC-LAG to provide a redundant aggregation layer for Fibre Channel over
Ethernet (FCoE) traffic. To support lossless transport of FCoE traffic across an MC-LAG,
you must configure the appropriate class of service (CoS) on both of the QFX Series
switches with MC-LAG port members. The CoS configuration must be the same on both
of the MC-LAG switches because MC-LAGs do not carry forwarding class and IEEE 802.1p
priority information.
Ports that are part of an FCoE-FC gateway configuration (a virtual FCoE-FC gateway
fabric) do not support MC-LAGs. Ports that are members of an MC-LAG act as
passthrough transit switch ports.
QFX Series switches support MC-LAGs. QFabric system Node devices do not support
MC-LAGs, and QFX3500 and QFX3600 Virtual Chassis switches do not support FCoE.
Supported Topology
QFX Series switches that are not directly connected to FCoE hosts and that act as
passthrough transit switches support MC-LAGs for FCoE traffic in an inverted-U network
topology. Figure 26 on page 328 shows an inverted-U topology using QFX3500 switches.
g041307
Rack servers or blade servers using passthrough with converged network adapters (CNAs)
The following rules and guidelines apply to MC-LAGs when used for FCoE traffic. The
rules and guidelines help ensure the proper handling and lossless transport characteristics
required for FCoE traffic:
• The two QFX Series switches that form the MC-LAG (Switches S1 and S2) cannot use
ports that are part of an FCoE-FC gateway fabric. The MC-LAG switch ports must be
passthrough transit switch ports (used as part of an intermediate transit switch that
is not directly connected to FCoE hosts).
• MC-LAG Switches S1 and S2 cannot be not directly connected to the FCoE hosts.
• The two QFX Series switches that serve as access devices for FCoE hosts (FCoE Transit
Switches TS1 and TS2) use standard LAGs to connect to MC-LAG Switches S1 and S2.
FCoE Transit Switches TS1 and TS2 can be standalone QFX Series switches or they
can be Node devices in a QFabric system.
• Transit Switches TS1 and TS2 must use transit switch ports for the FCoE hosts and for
the standard LAGs to MC-LAG Switches S1 and S2.
• Enable FIP snooping on the FCoE VLAN on Transit Switches TS1 and TS2. You can
configure either VN_Port to VF_Port (VN2VF_Port) FIP snooping or VN_Port to VN_Port
(VN2VN_Port) FIP snooping, depending on whether the FCoE hosts need to access
targets in the FC SAN (VN2VF_Port FIP snooping) or targets in the Ethernet network
(VN2VN_Port FIP snooping).
FIP snooping should be performed at the access edge and is not supported on MC-LAG
switches. Do not enable FIP snooping on MC-LAG Switches S1 and S2. (Do not enable
FIP snooping on the MC-LAG ports that connect Switches S1 and S2 to Switches TS1
and TS2 or on the LAG ports that connect Switch S1 to S2.)
• The CoS configuration must be consistent on the MC-LAG switches. Because MC-LAGs
carry no forwarding class or priority information, each MC-LAG switch needs to have
the same CoS configuration to support lossless transport. (On each MC-LAG switch,
the name, egress queue, and CoS provisioning of each forwarding class must be the
same, and the priority-based flow control (PFC) configuration must be the same.)
The role of FCoE Transit Switches TS1 and TS2 is to connect FCoE hosts in a multihomed
fashion to the MC-LAG switches. In essence, Transit Switches TS1 and TS2 act as access
switches for the FCoE hosts. (FCoE hosts are directly connected to Transit Switches TS1
and TS2.)
The transit switch configuration depends on whether you want to do VN2VF_Port FIP
snooping or VN2VN_Port FIP snooping, and whether the QFX Series transit switches also
have ports configured as part of an FCoE-FC gateway virtual fabric. Ports that the QFX
Series switch uses in an FCoE-FC gateway virtual fabric cannot be included in the transit
switch LAG connection to the MC-LAG switches. (Ports cannot belong to both a transit
switch and an FCoE-FC gateway; you must use different ports for each mode of operation.)
The MC-LAG switch configuration is the same regardless of which type of FIP snooping
that FCoE Transit Switches TS1 and TS2 perform.
Do not enable FIP snooping on the switches used to create the MC-LAG. For example, in
Figure 26 on page 328, you would not enable FIP snooping on the FCoE VLANs on Switches
S1 and S2.
Configure links between switches as FCoE trusted ports to reduce FIP snooping overhead
and ensure that the system performs FIP snooping only at the access edge. In the sample
topology, configure the Transit Switch TS1 and TS2 LAG ports connected to the MC-LAG
switches as FCoE trusted ports, configure the Switch S1 and S2 MC-LAG ports connected
to Switches TS1 and TS2 as FCoE trusted ports, and configure the ports in the LAG that
connects Switches S1 to S2 as FCoE trusted ports.
• FCoE forwarding class name—For example, the forwarding class for FCoE traffic could
use the default fcoe forwarding class on both MC-LAG switches.
• FCoE output queue—For example, the fcoe forwarding class could be mapped to
queue 3 on both MC-LAG switches (queue 3 is the default mapping for the fcoe
forwarding class).
• Classifier—The forwarding class for FCoE traffic must be mapped to the same IEEE
802.1p code point on each member interface of the MC-LAG on both MC-LAG switches.
For example, the FCoE forwarding class fcoe could be mapped to IEEE 802.1p code
point 011 (code point 011 is the default mapping for the fcoe forwarding class).
• Priority-based flow control (PFC)—PFC must be enabled on the FCoE code point on
each MC-LAG switch and applied to each MC-LAG interface using a congestion
notification profile.
You must also configure enhanced transmission selection (ETS) on the MC-LAG interfaces
to provide sufficient scheduling resources (bandwidth, priority) for lossless transport.
The ETS configuration can be different on each MC-LAG switch, as long as enough
resources are scheduled to support lossless transport for the expected FCoE traffic.
LLDP and DCBX must be enabled on each MC-LAG member interface (LLDP and DCBX
are enabled by default on all interfaces).
NOTE: As with all other FCoE configurations, FCoE traffic requires a dedicated
VLAN that carries only FCoE traffic, and IGMP snooping must be disabled on
the FCoE VLAN.
• Example: Configuring CoS for FCoE Transit Switch Traffic Across an MC-LAG on page 330
Example: Configuring CoS for FCoE Transit Switch Traffic Across an MC-LAG
Multichassis link aggregation groups (MC-LAGs) provide redundancy and load balancing
between two QFX Series switches, multihoming support for client devices such as servers,
and a loop-free Layer 2 network without running the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP).
You can use an MC-LAG to provide a redundant aggregation layer for Fiber Channel over
Ethernet (FCoE) traffic in an inverted-U topology. To support lossless transport of FCoE
traffic across an MC-LAG, you must configure the appropriate class of service (CoS) on
both of the QFX Series switches with MC-LAG port members. The CoS configuration
must be the same on both of the MC-LAG switches because an MC-LAG does not carry
forwarding class and IEEE 802.1p priority information.
This example does not describe how to configure the MC-LAG itself. For a
detailed example of MC-LAG configuration, see “Example: Configuring
Multichassis Link Aggregation” on page 40. However, this example includes
a subset of MC-LAG configuration that only shows how to configure interface
membership in the MC-LAG.
Ports that are part of an FCoE-FC gateway configuration (a virtual FCoE-FC gateway
fabric) do not support MC-LAGs. Ports that are members of an MC-LAG act as FCoE
passthrough transit switch ports.
QFX Series switches support MC-LAGs. QFabric system Node devices do not support
MC-LAGs.
Requirements
This example uses the following hardware and software components:
• Two Juniper Networks QFX3500 Switches that form an MC-LAG for FCoE traffic.
• Two Juniper Networks QFX3500 Switches that provide FCoE server access in transit
switch mode and that connect to the MC-LAG switches. These switches can be
standalone QFX3500 switches or they can be Node devices in a QFabric system.
• FCoE servers (or other FCoE hosts) connected to the transit switches.
Overview
FCoE traffic requires lossless transport. This example shows you how to:
• Configure CoS for FCoE traffic on the two QFX3500 switches that form the MC-LAG,
including priority-based flow control (PFC) and enhanced transmission selection (ETS;
hierarchical scheduling of resources for the FCoE forwarding class priority and for the
forwarding class set priority group).
• Configure CoS for FCoE on the two FCoE transit switches that connect FCoE hosts to
the MC-LAG switches and enable FIP snooping on the FCoE VLAN at the FCoE transit
switch access ports.
• Configure the appropriate port mode, MTU, and FCoE trusted or untrusted state for
each interface to support lossless FCoE transport.
Topology
QFX3500 switches that act as transit switches support MC-LAGs for FCoE traffic in an
inverted-U network topology, as shown in Figure 27 on page 332.
Rack servers or blade servers using passthrough with converged network adapters (CNAs)
Table 16 on page 333 shows the configuration components for this example.
Table 16: Components of the CoS for FCoE Traffic Across an MC-LAG Configuration Topology
Component Settings
Classifier (forwarding class mapping of incoming traffic to IEEE Default IEEE 802.1p trusted classifier on all FCoE interfaces.
priority)
LAGs and MC-LAG S1—Ports xe-0/0/10 and x-0/0/11 are members of LAG ae0,
which connects Switch S1 to Switch S2.
Ports xe-0/0/20 and xe-0/0/21 are members of MC-LAG ae1.
All ports are configured in trunk port mode, as fcoe-trusted,
and with an MTU of 2180.
Table 16: Components of the CoS for FCoE Traffic Across an MC-LAG Configuration
Topology (continued)
Component Settings
Egress interfaces:
Ingress interfaces:
Include the FCoE VLAN on the interfaces that carry FCoE traffic
on all four switches.
FIP snooping Enable FIP snooping on Transit Switches TS1 and TS2 on the
FCoE VLAN. Configure the LAG interfaces that connect to the
MC-LAG switches as FCoE trusted interfaces so that they do
not perform FIP snooping.
NOTE: This example uses the default IEEE 802.1p trusted BA classifier, which
is automatically applied to trunk mode and tagged access mode ports if you
do not apply an explicitly configured classifier.
• Use the default FCoE forwarding class and forwarding-class-to-queue mapping (do
not explicitly configure the FCoE forwarding class or output queue). The default FCoE
forwarding class is fcoe, and the default output queue is queue 3.
In Junos OS Release 12.3 and later, you can include the no-loss packet drop
attribute in the explicit forwarding class configuration to configure a lossless
forwarding class.
• Use the default trusted BA classifier, which maps incoming packets to forwarding
classes by the IEEE 802.1p code point (CoS priority) of the packet. The trusted classifier
is the default classifier for interfaces in trunk and tagged-access port modes. The
default trusted classifier maps incoming packets with the IEEE 802.1p code point 3
(011) to the FCoE forwarding class. If you choose to configure the BA classifier instead
of using the default classifier, you must ensure that FCoE traffic is classified into
forwarding classes in exactly the same way on both MC-LAG switches. Using the default
classifier ensures consistent classifier configuration on the MC-LAG ports.
• Configure a congestion notification profile that enables PFC on the FCoE code point
(code point 011 in this example). The congestion notification profile configuration must
be the same on both MC-LAG switches.
• Configure the port mode, MTU, and FCoE trusted or untrusted state for each interface
to support lossless FCoE transport.
In addition, this example describes how to enable FIP snooping on the Transit Switch
TS1 and TS2 ports that are connected to the FCoE servers and how to disable IGMP
snooping on the FCoE VLAN. To provide secure access, FIP snooping must be enabled
on the FCoE access ports.
This example focuses on the CoS configuration to support lossless FCoE transport across
an MC-LAG. This example does not describe how to configure the properties of MC-LAGs
and LAGs, although it does show you how to configure the port characteristics required
to support lossless transport and how to assign interfaces to the MC-LAG and to the
LAGs.
• The MC-LAGs that connect Switches S1 and S2 to Switches TS1 and TS2. (“Example:
Configuring Multichassis Link Aggregation” on page 40 describes how to configure
MC-LAGs.)
• The LAGs that connect the Transit Switches TS1 and TS2 to MC-LAG Switches S1 and
S2. (Configuring Link Aggregation describes how to configure LAGs.)
Configuration
To configure CoS for lossless FCoE transport across an MC-LAG, perform these tasks:
CLI Quick To quickly configure CoS for lossless FCoE transport across an MC-LAG, copy the following
Configuration commands, paste them in a text file, remove line breaks, change variables and details
to match your network configuration, and then copy and paste the commands into the
CLI for MC-LAG Switch S1 and MC-LAG Switch S2 at the [edit] hierarchy level. The
configurations on Switch S1 and Switch S2 are identical because the CoS configuration
must be identical, and because this example uses the same ports on both switches.
set interfaces ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching port-mode trunk vlan members fcoe_vlan
set interfaces ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching port-mode trunk vlan members fcoe_vlan
set interfaces ae0 mtu 2180
set interfaces ae1 mtu 2180
set ethernet-switching-options secure-access-port interface ae0 fcoe-trusted
set ethernet-switching-options secure-access-port interface ae1 fcoe-trusted
To quickly configure CoS for lossless FCoE transport across an MC-LAG, copy the following
commands, paste them in a text file, remove line breaks, change variables and details
to match your network configuration, and then copy and paste the commands into the
CLI for Transit Switch TS1 and Transit Switch TS2 at the [edit] hierarchy level. The
configurations on Transit Switch TS1 and Transit Switch TS2 are identical because the
CoS configuration must be identical, and because this example uses the same ports on
both switches.
Step-by-Step To configure CoS resource scheduling (ETS), PFC, the FCoE VLAN, and the LAG and
Procedure MC-LAG interface membership and characteristics to support lossless FCoE transport
across an MC-LAG (this example uses the default fcoe forwarding class and the default
classifier to map incoming FCoE traffic to the FCoE IEEE 802.1p code point 011, so you
do not configure them):
[edit class-of-service]
user@switch# set scheduler-maps fcoe-map forwarding-class fcoe scheduler fcoe-sched
3. Configure the forwarding class set (fcoe-pg) for the FCoE traffic:
[edit class-of-service]
user@switch# set forwarding-class-sets fcoe-pg class fcoe
4. Define the traffic control profile (fcoe-tcp) to use on the FCoE forwarding class set:
[edit class-of-service]
user@switch# set traffic-control-profiles fcoe-tcp scheduler-map fcoe-map
guaranteed-rate 3g
user@switch# set traffic-control-profiles fcoe-tcp shaping-rate percent 100
5. Apply the FCoE forwarding class set and traffic control profile to the LAG and
MC-LAG interfaces:
[edit class-of-service]
user@switch# set interfaces ae0 forwarding-class-set fcoe-pg output-traffic-control-profile
fcoe-tcp
user@switch# set interfaces ae1 forwarding-class-set fcoe-pg output-traffic-control-profile
fcoe-tcp
[edit class-of-service]
user@switch# set congestion-notification-profile fcoe-cnp input ieee-802.1 code-point
011 pfc
[edit vlans]
user@switch# set fcoe_vlan vlan-id 100
10. Add the member interfaces to the LAG between the two MC-LAG switches:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set xe-0/0/10 ether-options 802.3ad ae0
user@switch# set xe-0/0/11 ether-options 802.3ad ae0
12. Configure the port mode as trunk and membership in the FCoE VLAN (fcoe_vlan)for
the LAG (ae0) and for the MC-LAG (ae1):
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set interfaces ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching port-mode trunk vlan
members fcoe_vlan
user@switch# set interfaces ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching port-mode trunk vlan
members fcoe_vlan
13. Set the MTU to 2180 for the LAG and MC-LAG interfaces.
2180 bytes is the minimum size required to handle FCoE packets because of the
payload and header sizes; you can configure the MTU to a higher number of bytes
if desired, but not less than 2180 bytes:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae0 mtu 2180
user@switch# set ae1 mtu 2180
14. Set the LAG and MC-LAG interfaces as FCoE trusted ports.
Ports that connect to other switches should be trusted and should not perform FIP
snooping:
[edit]
user@switch# set ethernet-switching-options secure-access-port interface ae0 fcoe-trusted
user@switch# set ethernet-switching-options secure-access-port interface ae1 fcoe-trusted
Step-by-Step The CoS configuration on FCoE Transit Switches TS1 and TS2 is similar to the CoS
Procedure configuration on MC-LAG Switches S1 and S2. However, the port configurations differ,
and you must enable FIP snooping on the Switch TS1 and Switch TS2 FCoE access ports.
To configure resource scheduling (ETS), PFC, the FCoE VLAN, and the LAG interface
membership and characteristics to support lossless FCoE transport across the MC-LAG
(this example uses the default fcoe forwarding class and the default classifier to map
incoming FCoE traffic to the FCoE IEEE 802.1p code point 011, so you do not configure
them):
[edit class-of-service]
3. Configure the forwarding class set (fcoe-pg) for the FCoE traffic:
[edit class-of-service]
user@switch# set forwarding-class-sets fcoe-pg class fcoe
4. Define the traffic control profile (fcoe-tcp) to use on the FCoE forwarding class set:
[edit class-of-service]
user@switch# set traffic-control-profiles fcoe-tcp scheduler-map fcoe-map
guaranteed-rate 3g
user@switch# set traffic-control-profiles fcoe-tcp shaping-rate percent 100
5. Apply the FCoE forwarding class set and traffic control profile to the LAG interface
and to the FCoE access interfaces:
[edit class-of-service]
user@switch# set interfaces ae1 forwarding-class-set fcoe-pg output-traffic-control-profile
fcoe-tcp
user@switch# set class-of-service interfaces xe-0/0/30 forwarding-class-set fcoe-pg
output-traffic-control-profile fcoe-tcp
user@switch# set class-of-service interfaces xe-0/0/31 forwarding-class-set fcoe-pg
output-traffic-control-profile fcoe-tcp
user@switch# set class-of-service interfaces xe-0/0/32 forwarding-class-set fcoe-pg
output-traffic-control-profile fcoe-tcp
user@switch# set class-of-service interfaces xe-0/0/33 forwarding-class-set fcoe-pg
output-traffic-control-profile fcoe-tcp
[edit class-of-service]
user@switch# set congestion-notification-profile fcoe-cnp input ieee-802.1 code-point
011 pfc
7. Apply the PFC configuration to the LAG interface and to the FCoE access interfaces:
[edit class-of-service]
user@switch# set interfaces ae1 congestion-notification-profile fcoe-cnp
user@switch# set class-of-service interfaces xe-0/0/30 congestion-notification-profile
fcoe-cnp
user@switch# set class-of-service interfaces xe-0/0/31 congestion-notification-profile
fcoe-cnp
user@switch# set class-of-service interfaces xe-0/0/32 congestion-notification-profile
fcoe-cnp
user@switch# set class-of-service interfaces xe-0/0/33 congestion-notification-profile
fcoe-cnp
[edit vlans]
user@switch# set fcoe_vlan vlan-id 100
11. On the LAG (ae1), configure the port mode as trunk and membership in the FCoE
VLAN (fcoe_vlan):
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set interfaces ae1 unit 0 family ethernet-switching port-mode trunk vlan
members fcoe_vlan
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set interfaces xe-0/0/30 unit 0 family ethernet-switching port-mode
tagged-access vlan members fcoe_vlan
user@switch# set interfaces xe-0/0/31 unit 0 family ethernet-switching port-mode
tagged-access vlan members fcoe_vlan
user@switch# set interfaces xe-0/0/32 unit 0 family ethernet-switching port-mode
tagged-access vlan members fcoe_vlan
user@switch# set interfaces xe-0/0/33 unit 0 family ethernet-switching port-mode
tagged-access vlan members fcoe_vlan
13. Set the MTU to 2180 for the LAG and FCoE access interfaces.
2180 bytes is the minimum size required to handle FCoE packets because of the
payload and header sizes; you can configure the MTU to a higher number of bytes
if desired, but not less than 2180 bytes:
[edit interfaces]
user@switch# set ae1 mtu 2180
user@switch# set xe-0/0/30 mtu 2180
user@switch# set xe-0/0/31 mtu 2180
user@switch# set xe-0/0/32 mtu 2180
user@switch# set xe-0/0/33 mtu 2180
14. Set the LAG interface as an FCoE trusted port.(Ports that connect to other switches
should be trusted and should not perform FIP snooping):
[edit]
user@switch# set ethernet-switching-options secure-access-port interface ae1 fcoe-trusted
15. Enable FIP snooping on the FCoE VLAN to prevent unauthorized FCoE network
access (this example uses VN2VN_Port FIP snooping; the example is equally valid
if you use VN2VF_Port FIP snooping):
[edit]
user@switch# set ethernet-switching-options secure-access-port vlan fcoe_vlan
examine-fip examine-vn2vn beacon-period 90000
Results
Display the results of the CoS configuration on MC-LAG Switch S1 and on MC-LAG Switch
S2 (the results on both switches are the same):
NOTE: The forwarding class and classifier configurations are not shown
because the show command does not display default portions of the
configuration.
Display the results of the CoS configuration on FCoE Transit Switch TS1 and on FCoE
Transit Switch TS2 (the results on both transit switches are the same):
}
congestion-notification-profile fcoe-cnp;
}
xe-0/0/32 {
forwarding-class-set {
fcoe-pg {
output-traffic-control-profile fcoe-tcp;
}
}
congestion-notification-profile fcoe-cnp;
}
xe-0/0/33 {
forwarding-class-set {
fcoe-pg {
output-traffic-control-profile fcoe-tcp;
}
}
congestion-notification-profile fcoe-cnp;
}
ae1 {
forwarding-class-set {
fcoe-pg {
output-traffic-control-profile fcoe-tcp;
}
}
congestion-notification-profile fcoe-cnp;
}
}
scheduler-maps {
fcoe-map {
forwarding-class fcoe scheduler fcoe-sched;
}
}
schedulers {
fcoe-sched {
transmit-rate 3000000000;
shaping-rate percent 100;
priority low;
}
}
NOTE: The forwarding class and classifier configurations are not shown
because the show command does not display default portions of the
configuration.
Verification
To verify that the CoS components and FIP snooping have been configured and are
operating properly, perform these tasks. Because this example uses the default fcoe
forwarding class and the default IEEE 802.1p trusted classifier, the verification of those
configurations is not shown:
• Verifying That the Output Queue Schedulers Have Been Created on page 345
• Verifying That the Priority Group Output Scheduler (Traffic Control Profile) Has Been
Created on page 346
• Verifying That the Forwarding Class Set (Priority Group) Has Been Created on page 346
• Verifying That Priority-Based Flow Control Has Been Enabled on page 347
• Verifying That the Interface Class of Service Configuration Has Been Created on page 348
• Verifying That the Interfaces Are Correctly Configured on page 349
• Verifying That FIP Snooping Is Enabled on the FCoE VLAN on FCoE Transit Switches
TS1 and TS2 Access Interfaces on page 352
• Verifying That the FIP Snooping Mode Is Correct on FCoE Transit Switches TS1 and
TS2 on page 353
• Verifying That IGMP Snooping Is Disabled on the FCoE VLAN on page 353
Purpose Verify that the output queue scheduler for FCoE traffic has the correct bandwidth
parameters and priorities, and is mapped to the correct forwarding class (output queue).
Queue scheduler verification is the same on each of the four switches.
Action List the scheduler map using the operational mode command show class-of-service
scheduler-map fcoe-map:
Meaning The show class-of-service scheduler-map fcoe-map command lists the properties of the
scheduler map fcoe-map. The command output includes:
• The maximum bandwidth in the priority group the queue can consume (shaping rate
100 percent)
• The drop profile loss priority for each drop profile name. This example does not include
drop profiles because you do not apply drop profiles to FCoE traffic.
Verifying That the Priority Group Output Scheduler (Traffic Control Profile) Has
Been Created
Purpose Verify that the traffic control profile fcoe-tcp has been created with the correct bandwidth
parameters and scheduler mapping. Priority group scheduler verification is the same on
each of the four switches.
Action List the FCoE traffic control profile properties using the operational mode command
show class-of-service traffic-control-profile fcoe-tcp:
Meaning The show class-of-service traffic-control-profile fcoe-tcp command lists all of the
configured traffic control profiles. For each traffic control profile, the command output
includes:
• The maximum port bandwidth the priority group can consume (shaping rate 100
percent)
• The scheduler map associated with the traffic control profile (fcoe-map)
• The minimum guaranteed priority group port bandwidth (guaranteed rate 3000000000
in bps)
Verifying That the Forwarding Class Set (Priority Group) Has Been Created
Purpose Verify that the FCoE priority group has been created and that the fcoe priority (forwarding
class) belongs to the FCoE priority group. Forwarding class set verification is the same
on each of the four switches.
Action List the forwarding class sets using the operational mode command show class-of-service
forwarding-class-set fcoe-pg:
Meaning The show class-of-service forwarding-class-set fcoe-pg command lists all of the forwarding
classes (priorities) that belong to the fcoe-pg priority group, and the internal index number
of the priority group. The command output shows that the forwarding class set fcoe-pg
includes the forwarding class fcoe.
Purpose Verify that PFC is enabled on the FCoE code point. PFC verification is the same on each
of the four switches.
Action List the FCoE congestion notification profile using the operational mode command show
class-of-service congestion-notification fcoe-cnp:
Meaning The show class-of-service congestion-notification fcoe-cnp command lists all of the IEEE
802.1p code points in the congestion notification profile that have PFC enabled. The
command output shows that PFC is enabled on code point 011 (fcoe queue) for the
fcoe-cnp congestion notification profile.
The command also shows the default cable length (100 meters), the default maximum
receive unit (2500 bytes), and the default mapping of priorities to output queues because
this example does not include configuring these options.
Verifying That the Interface Class of Service Configuration Has Been Created
Purpose Verify that the CoS properties of the interfaces are correct. The verification output on
MC-LAG Switches S1 and S2 differs from the output on FCoE Transit Switches TS1 and
TS2.
Action List the interface CoS configuration on MC-LAG Switches S1 and S2 using the operational
mode command show configuration class-of-service interfaces:
ae1 {
forwarding-class-set {
fcoe-pg {
output-traffic-control-profile fcoe-tcp;
}
}
congestion-notification-profile fcoe-cnp;
}
List the interface CoS configuration on FCoE Transit Switches TS1 and TS2 using the
operational mode command show configuration class-of-service interfaces:
fcoe-pg {
output-traffic-control-profile fcoe-tcp;
}
}
congestion-notification-profile fcoe-cnp;
}
ae1 {
forwarding-class-set {
fcoe-pg {
output-traffic-control-profile fcoe-tcp;
}
}
congestion-notification-profile fcoe-cnp;
}
Meaning The show configuration class-of-service interfaces command lists the class of service
configuration for all interfaces. For each interface, the command output includes:
• The name of the forwarding class set associated with the interface (fcoe-pg)
• The name of the traffic control profile associated with the interface (output traffic
control profile, fcoe-tcp)
• The name of the congestion notification profile associated with the interface (fcoe-cnp)
NOTE: Interfaces that are members of a LAG are not shown individually. The
LAG or MC-LAG CoS configuration is applied to all interfaces that are
members of the LAG or MC-LAG. For example, the interface CoS configuration
output on MC-LAG Switches S1 and S2 shows the LAG CoS configuration but
does not show the CoS configuration of the member interfaces separately.
The interface CoS configuration output on FCoE Transit Switches TS1 and
TS2 shows the LAG CoS configuration but also shows the configuration for
interfaces xe-0/0/30, xe-0/0/31, xe-0/0/32, and xe-0/0/33, which are not
members of a LAG.
Purpose Verify that the LAG membership, MTU, VLAN membership, and port mode of the interfaces
are correct. The verification output on MC-LAG Switches S1 and S2 differs from the output
on FCoE Transit Switches T1 and T2.
Action List the interface configuration on MC-LAG Switches S1 and S2 using the operational
mode command show configuration interfaces:
}
xe-0/0/11 {
ether-options {
802.3ad ae0;
}
}
xe-0/0/20 {
ether-options {
802.3ad ae1;
}
}
xe-0/0/21 {
ether-options {
802.3ad ae1;
}
}
ae0 {
mtu 2180;
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
port-mode trunk;
vlan {
members fcoe_vlan;
}
}
}
}
ae1 {
mtu 2180;
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
port-mode trunk;
vlan {
members fcoe_vlan;
}
}
}
}
List the interface configuration on FCoE Transit Switches TS1 and TS2 using the
operational mode command show configuration interfaces:
}
}
}
}
xe-0/0/31 {
mtu 2180;
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
port-mode tagged-access;
vlan {
members fcoe_vlan;
}
}
}
}
xe-0/0/32 {
mtu 2180;
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
port-mode tagged-access;
vlan {
members fcoe_vlan;
}
}
}
}
xe-0/0/33 {
mtu 2180;
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
port-mode tagged-access;
vlan {
members fcoe_vlan;
}
}
}
}
ae1 {
mtu 2180;
unit 0 {
family ethernet-switching {
port-mode trunk;
vlan {
members fcoe_vlan;
}
}
}
}
Meaning The show configuration interfaces command lists the configuration of each interface by
interface name.
For each interface that is a member of a LAG, the command lists only the name of the
LAG to which the interface belongs.
For each LAG interface and for each interface that is not a member of a LAG, the command
output includes:
• The port mode (trunk mode for interfaces that connect two switches, tagged-access
mode for interfaces that connect to FCoE hosts)
Verifying That FIP Snooping Is Enabled on the FCoE VLAN on FCoE Transit
Switches TS1 and TS2 Access Interfaces
Purpose Verify that FIP snooping is enabled on the FCoE VLAN access interfaces. FIP snooping is
enabled only on the FCoE access interfaces, so it is enabled only on FCoE Transit Switches
TS1 and TS2. FIP snooping is not enabled on MC-LAG Switch S1 and Switch S2 because
FIP snooping is done at the Transit Switch TS1 and Transit Switch TS2 FCoE access ports.
Action List the port security configuration on FCoE Transit Switches TS1 and TS2 using the
operational mode command show configuration ethernet-switching-options
secure-access-port:
• LAG port ae1.0, which connects the FCoE transit switch to the MC-LAG switches, is
configured as an FCoE trusted interface. FIP snooping is not performed on the member
interfaces of the LAG (xe-0/0/25 and xe-0/0/26).
• FIP snooping is enabled (examine-fip) on the FCoE VLAN (fcoe_vlan), the type of FIP
snooping is VN2VN_Port FIP snooping (examine-vn2vn) and the beacon period is set
to 90000 milliseconds. On Transit Switches TS1 and TS2, all interface members of
the FCoE VLAN perform FIP snooping unless the interface is configured as FCoE trusted.
On Transit Switches TS1 and TS2, interfaces xe-0/0/30, xe-0/0/31, xe-0/0/32, and
xe-0/0/33 perform FIP snooping because they are not configured as FCoE trusted. The
interface members of LAG ae1 (xe-0/0/25 and xe-0/0/26) do not perform FIP snooping
because the LAG is configured as FCoE trusted.
Verifying That the FIP Snooping Mode Is Correct on FCoE Transit Switches TS1
and TS2
Purpose Verify that the FIP snooping mode is correct on the FCoE VLAN. FIP snooping is enabled
only on the FCoE access interfaces, so it is enabled only on FCoE Transit Switches TS1
and TS2. FIP snooping is not enabled on MC-LAG Switches S1 and S2 because FIP
snooping is done at the Transit Switch TS1 and TS2 FCoE access ports.
Action List the FIP snooping configuration on FCoE Transit Switches TS1 and TS2 using the
operational mode command show fip snooping brief:
NOTE: The output has been truncated to show only the relevant information.
Meaning The show fip snooping brief command lists FIP snooping information, including the FIP
snooping VLAN and the FIP snooping mode. The command output shows that:
Purpose Verify that IGMP snooping is disabled on the FCoE VLAN on all four switches.
Action List the IGMP snooping protocol information on each of the four switches using the show
configuration protocols igmp-snooping command:
Meaning The show configuration protocols igmp-snooping command lists the IGMP snooping
configuration for the VLANs configured on the switch. The command output shows that
IGMP snooping is disabled on the FCoE VLAN (fcoe_vlan).
Troubleshooting
• Troubleshooting Multichassis Link Aggregation on page 357
• Interface Diagnostics on page 365
• Layer 3 Traffic Sent to the Standby MC-LAG Peer Is Not Redirected to Active MC-LAG
Peer on page 362
• Aggregated Ethernet Interfaces Go Down on page 362
• Flooding of Upstream Traffic on page 362
MAC Addresses Learned on Multichassis Aggregated Ethernet Interfaces Are Not Removed
from the MAC Address Table
Problem Description: When both of the mulitchassis aggregated Ethernet interfaces on both
connected multichassis link aggregation group (MC-LAG) peers are down, the MAC
addresses learned on the multichassis aggregated Ethernet interfaces are not removed
from the MAC address table.
For example, if you disable the multichassis aggregated Ethernet interface (ae0) on both
MC-LAG peers by issuing the set interfaces ae0 disable command and commit the
configuration, the MAC table still shows the MAC addresses as being learned on the
multichassis aggregated Ethernet interfaces of both MC-LAG peers.
Solution To prevent failure to enter standby mode, make sure that the peer IP address in the ICCP
configurations and the IP address in multichassis protection configurations are the same.
Secondary MC-LAG Peer with Status Control Set to Standby Becomes Inactive
Problem Description: When the interchassis control link-protection link (ICL-PL) and multichassis
aggregated Ethernet interfaces go down on the primary multichassis link aggregation
group (MC-LAG) peer, the secondary MC-LAG peer’s multichassis aggregated Ethernet
interfaces with status control set to standby become inactive instead of active.
The show iccp command output always shows registered modules regardless of whether
or not ICCP peers are configured.
MAC Address Age Learned on a Multichassis Aggregated Ethernet Interface Is Reset to Zero
Problem Description: When you activate and then deactivate an interchassis control link-protection
link (ICL-PL), the MAC address age learned on the multichassis aggregated Ethernet
interface is reset to zero. The next-hop interface changes trigger MAC address updates
in the hardware, which then triggers aging updates in the Packet Forwarding Engine. The
result is that the MAC address age is updated to zero.
For example, the ICL-PL has been deactivated, and the show ethernet-switching table
command output shows that the MAC addresses have an age of 0.
Snooping Entries Learned on Multichassis Aggregated Ethernet Interfaces Are Not Removed
Problem Description: When multichassis aggregated Ethernet interfaces are configured on a VLAN
that is enabled for multicast snooping, the membership entries learned on the multichassis
aggregated Ethernet interfaces on the VLAN are not cleared when the multichassis
aggregated Ethernet interfaces go down. This is done to speed up convergence time
when the interfaces come up, or come up and go down.
ICCP Does Not Come Up After You Add or Delete an Authentication Key
Problem Description: The Inter-Chassis Control Protocol (ICCP) connection is not established
when you add an authentication key and then delete it only at the global ICCP level.
However, authentication works correctly at the ICCP peer level.
Solution Delete the ICCP configuration, and then add the ICCP configuration.
Both MC-LAG Peers Use the Default System ID After a Reboot or an ICCP Configuration Change
Problem Description: After a reboot or after a new Inter-Chassis Control Protocol (ICCP)
configuration has been committed, and the ICCP connection does not become active,
the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) messages transmitted over the multichassis
aggregated Ethernet interfaces use the default system ID. The configured system ID is
used instead of the default system ID only after the MC-LAG peers synchronize with each
other.
and blocks the inter-chassis link-protection link (ICL-PL) traffic. The ICL-PL traffic is not
forwarded.
Multicast Traffic Floods the VLAN When the ICL-PL Interface Goes Down and Up
Problem Description: When interchassis control link-protection link (ICL-PL) goes down and
comes up, multicast traffic is flooded to all of the interfaces in the VLAN. The Packet
Forwarding Engine flag Ip4McastFloodMode for the VLAN is changed to
MCAST_FLOOD_ALL. This problem only occurs when a multichassis link aggregation
group (MC-LAG) is configured for Layer 2.
Layer 3 Traffic Sent to the Standby MC-LAG Peer Is Not Redirected to Active MC-LAG Peer
Problem Description: When Inter-chassis Control Protocol (ICCP) is down, the status of a remote
MC-LAG peer is unknown. Even if the MC-LAG peer is configured as standby, the traffic
is not redirected to this peer because it is assumed that this peer is down.
Solution Restart the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) on the multichassis link aggregation
group (MC-LAG) peer hosting the AE interface to bring up the AE interface. Restarting
LACP removes the multichassis aggregated Ethernet properties of the AE interface.
Solution Make sure that downstream traffic is sent from the MC-LAG peers periodically to prevent
the MAC addresses from aging out.
Interface Diagnostics
Supported Platforms ACX Series, EX Series, J Series, M Series, MX Series, PTX Series, QFX Series, T Series
You can use two diagnostic tools to test the physical layer connections of interfaces:
loopback testing and bit error rate test (BERT) testing. Loopback testing enables you to
verify the connectivity of a circuit. BERT testing enables you to identify poor signal quality
on a circuit. This section contains the following topics:
The physical path of a network data circuit usually consists of segments interconnected
by devices that repeat and regenerate the transmission signal. The transmit path on one
device connects to the receive path on the next device. If a circuit fault occurs in the form
of a line break or a signal corruption, you can isolate the problem by using a loopback
test. Loopback tests allow you to isolate segments of the circuit and test them separately.
To do this, configure a line loopback on one of the routers. Instead of transmitting the
signal toward the far-end device, the line loopback sends the signal back to the originating
router. If the originating router receives back its own Data Link Layer packets, you have
verified that the problem is beyond the originating router. Next, configure a line loopback
farther away from the local router. If this originating router does not receive its own Data
Link Layer packets, you can assume that the problem is on one of the segments between
the local router and the remote router’s interface card. In this case, the next
troubleshooting step is to configure a line loopback closer to the local router to find the
source of the problem.
• DCE local—Loops packets back on the local data circuit-terminating equipment (DCE).
• Payload—Useful for troubleshooting the physical circuit problems between the local
router and the remote router. A payload loopback loops data only (without clocking
information) on the remote router’s PIC. With payload loopback, overhead is
recalculated.
• Remote—Useful for troubleshooting the physical circuit problems between the local
router and the remote router. A remote loopback loops packets, including both data
and timing information, back on the remote router’s interface card. A router at one end
of the circuit initiates a remote loopback toward its remote partner. When you configure
a remote loopback, the packets received from the physical circuit and CSU are received
by the interface. Those packets are then retransmitted by the PIC back toward the
CSU and the circuit. This loopback tests all the intermediate transmission segments.
Table 17 on page 366 shows the loopback modes supported on the various interface types.
Serial (V.35 and X.21) Local and remote Configuring Serial Loopback Capability
loopback mode;
BERT Testing
A bit error rate test (BERT) allows you to troubleshoot problems by checking the quality
of links. You can configure any of the following interfaces to execute a BERT when the
interface receives a request to run this test: E1, E3, T1, T3; the channelized DS3, OC3, OC12,
and STM1 interfaces; and the channelized DS3 IQ, E1 IQ, and OC12 IQ interfaces.
A BERT test requires a line loop to be in place on either the transmission devices or the
far-end router. The local router generates a known bit pattern and sends it out the transmit
path. The received pattern is then verified against the sent pattern. The higher the bit
error rate of the received pattern, the worse the noise is on the physical circuit. As you
move the position of the line loop increasingly downstream toward the far-end router,
you can isolate the troubled portion of the link.
To configure BERT, you must configure the duration of the test, the bit pattern to send
on the transmit path, and the error rate to monitor when the inbound pattern is received.
To configure the duration of the test, the pattern to send in the bit stream, and the error
rate to include in the bit stream, include the bert-period, bert-algorithm, and bert-error-rate
statements, respectively, at the [edit interfaces interface-name interface-type-options]
hierarchy level:
By default, the BERT period is 10 seconds. You can configure the BERT period to last
from 1 through 239 seconds on some PICs and from 1 through 240 seconds on other PICs.
rate is the bit error rate. This can be an integer from 0 through 7, which corresponds to a
–0 –7
bit error rate from 10 (1 error per bit) to 10 (1 error per 10 million bits).
algorithm is the pattern to send in the bit stream. For a list of supported algorithms, enter
a ? after the bert-algorithm statement; for example:
When you issue the help command from the CLI, all BERT algorithm options
are displayed, regardless of the PIC type, and no commit check is available.
Unsupported patterns for a PIC type can be viewed in system log messages.
NOTE: The 12-port T1/E1 Circuit Emulation (CE) PIC supports only the
following algorithms:
When you issue the help command from the CLI, all BERT algorithm options
are displayed, regardless of the PIC type, and no commit check is available.
Unsupported patterns for a PIC type can be viewed in system log messages.
When you issue the help command from the CLI, all BERT algorithm options
are displayed, regardless of the PIC type, and no commit check is available.
Unsupported patterns for a PIC type can be viewed in system log messages.
Table 18 on page 370 shows the BERT capabilities for various interface types.
Channelized T3 Yes (channel Yes (port 0–3 on • Multiple ports and channels
and Multichannel 0–27) channel 0) • Limited algorithms for T1
T3
• No error insert for T1
• No bit count for T1
These limitations do not apply to channelized IQ interfaces. For information about BERT
capabilities on channelized IQ interfaces, see Channelized IQ and IQE Interfaces Properties.
Before you can start the BERT test, you must disable the interface. To do this, include
the disable statement at the [edit interfaces interface-name] hierarchy level:
After you configure the BERT properties and commit the configuration, begin the test by
issuing the test interface interface-name interface-type-bert-start operational mode
command:
The test runs for the duration you specify with the bert-period statement. If you want to
terminate the test sooner, issue the test interface interface-name interface-type-bert-stop
command:
For example:
To view the results of the BERT test, issue the show interfaces extensive | find BERT
command:
For more information about running and evaluating the results of the BERT procedure,
see the CLI Explorer.
Configure a BERT test on a T3 interface. In this example, the run duration lasts for 120
–0
seconds. The configured error rate is 0, which corresponds to a bit error rate of 10 (1
error per bit). The configured bit pattern of all-ones-repeating means that every bit the
interface sends is set to a value of 1.
[edit interfaces]
t3-1/2/0 {
t3-options {
bert algorithm all-ones-repeating;
bert-error-rate 0;
bert-period 120;
}
}
Configuration Statements
authentication-key (ICCP)
Release Information Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 10.0 for MX Series routers.
Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.2 for the QFX Series.
Description Specify the authentication key (password). The QFX3500 and MX Series devices use
this password to verify the authenticity of packets sent from the peers hosting a
multichassis link aggregation group (MC-LAG). Peer-level authentication takes
precedence over global-level authentication.
backup-liveness-detection
Syntax backup-liveness-detection {
backup-peer-ip ipv4-address;
}
Release Information Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.2 for the QFX Series.
Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 13.2R1 for EX Series switches.
Description Backup liveness detection determines the peer status (whether it is up or down) by
exchanging keep alive messages (UDP-based packets) over the management link
between the two Inter-Chassis Control Protocol (ICCP) peers. When an ICCP connection
is operationally down, the status of the peers hosting a multichassis link aggregation
group (MC-LAG) is detected by sending liveness detection requests to each other. Peers
must respond to liveness detection requests within a specified amount of time. If the
responses are not received within that time for a given number of consecutive attempts,
the liveness detection check fails, and a failure action is implemented. Backup liveness
detection must be configured on both peers hosting the MC-LAG.
backup-peer-ip
Release Information Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.2 for the QFX Series.
Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 13.2R1 for EX Series switches.
Description Specify the IP address of the peer being used as a backup peer in the Bidirectional
Forwarding Detection (BFD) configuration.
Syntax detection-time {
threshold milliseconds;
}
Release Information Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 10.0 for MX Series routers.
Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.2 for the QFX Series.
Description The Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) timers are adaptive and can be adjusted
to be faster or slower.
iccp
Syntax iccp {
authentication-key string;
local-ip-addr local-ip-addr;
peer ip-address{
authentication-key string;
backup-liveness-detection {
backup-peer-ip ip-address;
}
liveness-detection {
detection-time {
threshold milliseconds;
}
minimum-interval milliseconds;
minimum-receive-interval milliseconds;
multiplier number;
no-adaptation;
transmit-interval {
minimum-interval milliseconds;
threshold milliseconds;
}
version (1 | automatic);
}
local-ip-addr ipv4-address;
session-establishment-hold-time seconds;
}
session-establishment-hold-time seconds;
traceoptions {
file <filename> <files number> <match regular-expression> <microsecond-stamp>
<size size> <world-readable | no-world-readable>;
flag flag;
no-remote-trace;
}
}
Release Information Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 10.0 for MX Series routers.
Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.2 for the QFX Series.
Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.3R2 for EX Series switches.
Description Configure Inter-Chassis Control Protocol (ICCP) between the multichassis link aggregation
group (MC-LAG) peers. ICCP replicates forwarding information, validates configurations,
and propagates the operational state of the MC-LAG members.
Release Information Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 9.6 for MX Series routers.
Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.2 for the QFX Series.
Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.3R2 for EX Series switches.
Description Specify the name of the interface that is being used as an interchassis link-protection
link (ICL-PL). The two switches hosting a multichassis link aggregation group (MC-LAG)
use this link to pass Inter-Chassis Control Protocol (ICCP) and data traffic.
local-ip-addr (ICCP)
Release Information Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 10.0 for MX Series routers.
Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.2 for the QFX Series.
Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.3R2 for EX Series switches.
Description Specify the local IP address of the interchassis link (ICL) interface that Inter-Chassis
Control Protocol (ICCP) uses to communicate to the peers that host a multichassis link
aggregation group (MC-LAG).
mc-ae
Syntax mc-ae {
chassis-id chassis-id;
events {
iccp-peer-down;
force-icl-down;
prefer-status-control-active;
}
init-delay-time seconds;
mc-ae-id mc-ae-id;
mode (active-active | active-standby);
redundancy-group group-id;
status-control (active | standby);
switchover-mode (non-revertive |revertive);
}
Release Information Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 9.6 for MX Series routers.
events statement introduced in Junos OS Release 11.4R4 for MX Series routers.
Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.3R2 for EX Series switches.
prefer-status-control-active statement introduced in Junos OS Release 13.2R1 for EX
Series switches.
init-delay-time seconds statement introduced in Junos OS Release 13.2R3 for EX Series
switches.
Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.2 for the QFX Series. Only the chassis-id,
mc-ae-id, mode active-active, and status-control (active | standby) options are supported
on QFX Series devices.
Description Enable multichassis link aggregation groups (MC-LAGs), which enables one device to
form a logical LAG interface with two or more other devices.
Options chassis-id chassis-id—Specify the chassis ID for Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP)
to calculate the port number of MC-LAG physical member links.
Values: 0 or 1
force-icl-down—If the node’s ICCP peer goes down, bring down the interchassis-link
logical interface.
init-delay-time seconds—To minimize traffic loss, specify the number of seconds in which
to delay bringing the multichassis aggregated Ethernet interface back to the up state
when you reboot an MC-LAG peer.
mc-ae-id mc-ae-id—Specify the identification number of the MC-LAG device. The two
MC-LAG network devices that manage a given MC-LAG must have the same
identification number.
Range: 1 through 65,535
NOTE: You can configure IPv4 (inet) and IPv6 (inet6) addresses on
mc-ae interfaces when the active-standby mode is configured.
revert-time—Wait interval (in minutes) before the switchover to the preferred node is
performed when the switchover-mode is configured as revertive.
Range: 1 through 10
Related • Active-Active Bridging and VRRP over IRB Functionality on MX Series Routers Overview
Documentation on page 68
Release Information Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 10.0 for MX Series routers.
Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.2 for the QFX Series.
Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.3R2 for EX Series switches.
Description Configure simultaneously the minimum interval at which the peer transmits liveness
detection requests and the minimum interval at which the peer expects to receive a reply
from a peer with which it has established a Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD)
session. Optionally, instead of using this statement, you can specify the minimum transmit
and receive intervals separately by using the transmit-interval minimal-interval and
minimum-receive-interval statements, respectively.
Options milliseconds—Specify the minimum interval value for Bidirectional Forwarding Detection
(BFD).
Range: 1 through 255,000
Release Information Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 10.0 for MX Series routers.
Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.2 for the QFX Series.
Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.3R2 for EX Series switches.
Description Configure the minimum interval at which the peer must receive a reply from a peer with
which it has established a Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) session.
Release Information Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.2 for the QFX Series.
Description Configure the number of liveness detection requests not received by the peer before
Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) declares the peer is down.
Options number—Maximum allowable number of liveness detection requests missed by the peer.
Range: 1 through 255
Default: 3
multi-chassis
Syntax multi-chassis {
multi-chassis-protection peer-ip-address {
interface interface-name;
}
}
Release Information Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 9.6 for MX Series routers.
Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.2 for the QFX Series.
Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.3R2 for EX Series switches.
Description Configure an interchassis link-protection link (ICL-PL) between the two peers that host
a multichassis link aggregation group (MC-LAG). You can configure either an aggregated
Ethernet interface or a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface to be an ICL-PL.
multi-chassis-protection
Release Information Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 9.6 for MX Series routers.
Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.2 for the QFX Series.
Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.3R2 for EX Series switches.
Description Configure multichassis link protection between the two peers that host a multichassis
link aggregation group (MC-LAG). If the Interchassis Control Protocol (ICCP) connection
is up and the interchassis link (ICL) comes up, the peer configured as standby brings up
the multichassis aggregated Ethernet interfaces shared with the peer. Multichassis
protection must be configured on one interface for each peer.
Syntax no-adaptation;
Release Information Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 10.0 for MX Series routers.
Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.2 for the QFX Series.
Description Configure Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) sessions to not adapt to changing
network conditions.
peer (ICCP)
Release Information Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 10.0 for MX Series routers.
Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.2 for the QFX Series.
Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.3R2 for EX Series switches.
Description Configure the peers that host a multichassis link aggregation group (MC-LAG). You must
configure Inter-Chassis Control Protocol (ICCP) for both peers that host the MC-LAG.
peer (Multichassis)
Release Information Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 9.6 for MX Series routers.
Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.2 for the QFX Series.
Description Configure the IP address of the peer that is part of the interchassis link-protection link
(ICL-PL). If Inter-Chassis Control Protocol (ICCP) is up and the interchassis link (ICL)
comes up, the peer configured as standby will bring up the multichassis aggregated
Ethernet interfaces shared with the active peer specified by the peer statement. You
must specify the physical interface of the peer.
session-establishment-hold-time
Release Information Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 10.0 for MX Series routers.
Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.2 for the QFX Series.
Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.3R2 for EX Series switches.
Description Specify the time during which an Inter-Chassis Control Protocol (ICCP) connection must
be established between peers.
Options seconds—Time (in seconds) within which a successful ICCP connection must be
established.
Release Information Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 10.0 for MX Series routers.
Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.2 for the QFX Series.
Description Specify the threshold for the adaptation of the detection time for a Bidirectional
Forwarding Detection (BFD) session. When the detection time adapts to a value equal
to or greater than the threshold, a single trap and a single system log message are sent.
Syntax transmit-interval {
minimum-interval milliseconds;
threshold milliseconds;
}
Release Information Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 10.0 for MX Series routers.
Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.2 for the QFX Series.
Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.3R2 for EX Series switches.
Description Configure the Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) transmit interval. The negotiated
transmit interval for a peer is the interval between the sending of BFD liveness detection
requests to peers. The receive interval for a peer is the minimum interval between receiving
packets sent from its peer; the receive interval is not negotiated between peers. To
determine the transmit interval, each peer compares its configured minimum transmit
interval with its peer's minimum receive interval. The larger of the two numbers is accepted
as the transmit interval for that peer.
Release Information Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 10.0 for MX Series routers.
Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.2 for the QFX Series.
Description Configure the Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) protocol version to detect.
Operational Commands
• show iccp
• show interfaces mc-ae
show iccp
Release Information Command introduced in Junos OS Release 10.0 for the MX Series.
Support for logical systems added in Junos OS Release 14.1 for MX Series routers.
Command introduced in Junos OS Release 12.2 for the QFX Series.
Description Display Inter-Chassis Control Protocol (ICCP) information about the multichassis link
aggregation group (MC-LAG) peers, including the state of the TCP connection,
Bidirectional Forwarding Detection protocol, backup liveness peer status, and MCSNOOPD,
LACPD, and ESWD applications.
Options none—Display ICCP information about the MC-LAG peers, including the state of the TCP
connection and Bidirectional Forwarding Detection protocol, and MCSNOOPD, LACP,
and ESWD applications.
brief—Display brief ICCP information about the MC-LAG peers, including the state of the
TCP connection and Bidirectional Forwarding Detection protocol, and MCSNOOPD,
LACP, and ESWD applications.
detail—Display detailed ICCP information about the MC-LAG peers, including the state
of the TCP connection and Bidirectional Forwarding Detection protocol, and MCSNOOPD
, LACP, and ESWD applications.
Output Fields Table 19 on page 392 lists the output fields for the show iccp command. Output fields are
listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
TCP Connection Specifies if the TCP connection between the peers hosting the MC-LAG is up or down.
Liveness Detection Specifies if liveness detection, also known as Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD), is up or down.
Client Application Specifies information regarding the state of the MCSNOOPD and client applications.
Sample Output
show iccp (QFX Series)
user@switch> show iccp
Redundancy Group Information for peer 3.3.3.2
TCP Connection : Established
Liveliness Detection : Up
Release Information Command introduced in Junos OS Release 9.6 for the MX Series.
Command introduced in Junos OS Release 12.2 for the QFX Series.
Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12.3R2 for EX Series switches.
Description On peers with multichassis aggregated Ethernet (mc-aeX) interfaces, use this command
to display information about the multichassis aggregated Ethernet interfaces.
• Example: Configuring Multichassis Link Aggregation for Layer 3 Unicast using MAC
Address Synchronization on page 211 (QFX Series Switches)
• Example: Configuring Multichassis Link Aggregation for Layer 3 Unicast Using VRRP
on page 226 (QFX Series Switches)
• Example: Configuring Multichassis Link Aggregation for Layer 3 Unicast Using VRRP
on EX9200 Switches on page 169 (EX Series Switches)
• Example: Configuring Multichassis Link Aggregation for Layer 3 Multicast Using VRRP
on page 253 (QFX Series Switches)
• Example: Configuring Multichassis Link Aggregation for Layer 3 Multicast Using VRRP
on EX9200 Switches on page 148 (EX Series Switches)
List of Sample Output show interfaces mc-ae (QFX Series Switch) on page 395
show interfaces mc-ae (MX Series) on page 395
show interfaces mc-ae (Active/Active Bridging and VRRP over IRB on MX
Series) on page 396
Output Fields Table 20 on page 395 lists the output fields for the show interfaces mc-ae command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Current State Machine’s State Specifies the state of the MC-LAG initialization state machine.
Local Status Specifies the status of the local link: active or standby.
Peer Status Specifies the status of the peer link: active or standby.
Peer State Specifies the status of the local and peer links in an
active/active MC-LAG configuration.
Sample Output
show interfaces mc-ae (QFX Series Switch)
user@host> show interfaces mc-ae ae1 512
Member Link : ae0
Current State Machine's State: mcae active state
Local Status : active
Local State : up
Peer Status : active
Peer State : up
Logical Interface : ae0.0
Topology Type : bridge
Local State : up
Peer State : up
Peer Ip/MCP/State : 3.3.3.2 ae1.0 up
show interfaces mc-ae (Active/Active Bridging and VRRP over IRB on MX Series)
user@host# show interfaces mc-ae ge-0/0/0.0
Member Link : ae0
Current State Machine's State: active
Local Status : active
Local State : up
Peer Status : active
Peer State : up
Logical Interface : ae0.0
Topology Type : bridge
Local State : up
Peer State : up
Peer Ip/ICL-PL/State : 192.168.100.10 ge-0/0/0.0 up
Index
• Index on page 399
C
Index comments, in configuration statements.......................xvi
conventions
text and syntax................................................................xv
curly braces, in configuration statements.....................xvi
Symbols
customer support..................................................................xvii
#, comments in configuration statements...................xvi
contacting JTAC.............................................................xvii
( ), in syntax descriptions....................................................xvi
< >, in syntax descriptions...................................................xvi
[ ], in configuration statements.........................................xvi
D
detection-time statement................................................378
{ }, in configuration statements........................................xvi
usage guildelines...................................................32, 148
| (pipe), in syntax descriptions..........................................xvi
documentation
comments on.................................................................xvii
A
active-active bridging...................................................68, 80
logical systems with MC-LAG
F
flexible-ethernet-services statement
example..................................................................108
MC-LAG
MC-LAG
usage guidelines...................................................133
example....................................................................94
font conventions......................................................................xv
authentication key statement
usage guidelines...........................................................357
I
authentication-key statement
iccp statement.......................................................................379
usage guidelines...........................................................376
MC-LAG
usage guidelines...................................................133
B
usage
backup liveness detection statement
guidelines..........27, 32, 36, 40, 148, 188, 226, 253
usage guidelines.....................................................36, 40
ICL-PL configuration...............................................................81
backup-liveness-detection statement.........................377
IGMP snooping
usage guidelines...............................................................9
MC-LAG
usage-guidelines......................32, 148, 188, 226, 253
example...................................................................133
backup-peer-ip......................................................................377
IGMP snooping for active-active MC-LAG
backup-peer-ip statement
configuration........................................................................84
usage guidelines.....................................................36, 40
igmp-snooping .......................................................................85
usage-guidelines......................32, 148, 188, 226, 253
interface statement............................................................380
BERT
usage guidelines................32, 36, 148, 188, 226, 253
configuring interface diagnostics..........................367
bert-algorithm statement
L
usage guidelines...........................................................367
Layer 3 multicast using VRRP
bert-error-rate statement
MC-LAG
usage guidelines...........................................................367
example.................................................................290
bert-period statement
Layer 3 unicast using VRRP
usage guidelines...........................................................367
MC-LAG
bit error rate test See BERT
example.................................................................309
braces, in configuration statements................................xvi
session-establishment-hold-time statement.........388
usage
guidelines..........27, 32, 36, 40, 148, 188, 226, 253
show interfaces mc-ae......................................................394
support, technical See technical support
syntax conventions.................................................................xv
T
technical support
contacting JTAC.............................................................xvii
threshold statement...........................................................389
transmit-interval statement............................................390
usage
guidelines..........27, 32, 36, 40, 148, 188, 226, 253
V
verification
bidirectional PIM....................108, 125, 148, 309, 325
version statement...............................................................390
VRRP over integrated routing and bridging..........68, 80